Antiviral compounds

ABSTRACT

The invention is related to anti-viral compounds, compositions containing such compounds, and therapeutic methods that include the administration of such compounds, as well as to processes and intermediates useful for preparing such compounds.

PRIORITY OF INVENTION

This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) to U.S.Provisional Patent Application No. 60/937,752, filed 29 Jun. 2007; andto U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/959,698, filed on 16 Jul.2007. The entire content of each of these provisional patentapplications is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates generally to compounds with HCV inhibitoryactivity.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Hepatitis C is recognized as a chronic viral disease of the liver whichis characterized by liver disease. Although drugs targeting the liverare in wide use and have shown effectiveness, toxicity and other sideeffects have limited their usefulness. Inhibitors of HCV are useful tolimit the establishment and progression of infection by HCV as well asin diagnostic assays for HCV.

There is a need for new HCV therapeutic agents.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one embodiment the invention provides a compound of the inventionwhich is a compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is an organic group having a three dimensional shape that        will fit the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serine protease        domain;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is A³; or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to        which they are attached form a heterocycle, which heterocycle        may optionally be substituted with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or        A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, or N and        wherein any cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or        more (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, haloalkyl, F,        Cl, Br, or I; or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one        or more R¹, R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q¹ can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q¹ groups to form a ring; and    -   A² is independently, selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³.    -   R^(f) is A³; and    -   m is 0 to 6.

The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a compound of the invention and at least one pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier.

The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition for usein treating disorders associated with HCV.

The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition furthercomprising a nucleoside analog.

The present invention also provides for a pharmaceutical compositionfurther comprising an interferon or pegylated interferon.

The present invention also provides for a pharmaceutical compositionwherein said nucleoside analogue is selected from ribavirin, viramidinelevovirin, a L-nucleoside, and isatoribine and said interferon isa-interferon or pegylated interferon.

The present invention also provides for a method of treating disordersassociated with hepatitis C, said method comprising administering to anindividual a pharmaceutical composition which comprises atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention.

The present invention also provides a method of inhibiting HCV,comprising administering to a mammal afflicted with a conditionassociated with HCV activity, an amount of a compound of the invention,effective to inhibit HCV.

The present invention also provides a compound of the invention for usein medical therapy (preferably for use in inhibiting HCV or treating acondition associated with HCV activity), as well as the use of acompound of the invention for the manufacture of a medicament useful forinhibiting HCV or the treatment of a condition associated with HCVactivity in a mammal.

The present invention also provides synthetic processes and novelintermediates disclosed herein which are useful for preparing compoundsof the invention. Some of the compounds of the invention are useful toprepare other compounds of the invention.

In another aspect the invention provides a compound of formula I, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, for use in theprophylactic or therapeutic treatment of hepatitis C or a hepatitis Cassociated disorder.

In another aspect the invention provides a method of inhibiting HCVactivity in a sample comprising treating the sample with a compound ofthe invention.

In one embodiment the invention provides a compound having improvedinhibitory or pharmacokinetic properties, including enhanced activityagainst development of viral resistance, improved oral bioavailability,greater potency or extended effective half-life in vivo. Certaincompounds of the invention may have fewer side effects, less complicateddosing schedules, or be orally active.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Reference will now be made in detail to certain embodiments of theinvention, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanyingstructures and formulas. While the invention will be described inconjunction with the enumerated embodiments, it will be understood thatthey are not intended to limit the invention to those embodiments. Onthe contrary, the invention is intended to cover all alternatives,modifications, and equivalents, which may be included within the scopeof the present invention as defined by the embodiments.

Compounds of the Invention

The compounds of the invention exclude compounds heretofore known.However it is within the invention to use compounds that previously werenot known to have antiviral properties for antiviral purposes (e.g. toproduce an anti-viral effect in an animal). With respect to the UnitedStates, the compounds or compositions herein exclude compounds that areanticipated under 35 USC §102 or that are obvious under 35 USC §103.

Whenever a compound described herein is substituted with more than oneof the same designated group, e.g., “R¹” or “A³”, then it will beunderstood that the groups may be the same or different, i.e., eachgroup is independently selected.

“Alkyl” is C₁-C₁₈ hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary orcyclic carbon atoms. Examples are methyl (Me, —CH₃), ethyl (Et,—CH₂CH₃), 1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-propyl (i-Pr,i-propyl, —CH(CH₃)₂), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃),2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl,—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, —C(CH₃)₃), 1-pentyl(n-pentyl, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-pentyl(—CH(CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-butyl(—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 3-methyl-1-butyl (—CH₂CH₂CH(CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-1-butyl(—CH₂CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 1-hexyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 2-hexyl(—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-hexyl (—CH(CH₂CH₃)(CH₂CH₂CH₃)),2-methyl-2-pentyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH₂CH₂CH₃), 3-methyl-2-pentyl(—CH(CH₃)CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH(CH₃)₂),3-methyl-3-pentyl (—C(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃)₂), 2-methyl-3-pentyl(—CH(CH₂CH₃)CH(CH₃)₂), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—C(CH₃)₂CH(CH₃)₂),3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH₃)C(CH₃)₃, and cyclopropylmethyl

“Alkenyl” is C₂-C₁₈ hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiaryor cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. acarbon-carbon, sp² double bond. Examples include, but are not limitedto, ethylene or vinyl (—CH═CH₂), allyl (—CH₂CH═CH₂), cyclopentenyl(—C₅H₇), and 5-hexenyl (—CH₂ CH₂CH₂CH₂CH═CH₂).

“Alkynyl” is C₂-C₁₈ hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiaryor cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. acarbon-carbon, sp triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to,acetylenic (—C≡CH) and propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH).

“Alkylene” refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclichydrocarbon radical of 1-18 carbon atoms, and having two monovalentradical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from thesame or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane. Typical alkyleneradicals include, but are not limited to, methylene (—CH₂—) 1,2-ethyl(—CH₂CH₂—), 1,3-propyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), 1,4-butyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—), andthe like.

“Alkenylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain orcyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having twomonovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atomsfrom the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene. Typicalalkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to, 1,2-ethylene(—CH═CH—).

“Alkynylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain orcyclic hydrocarbon radical of 2-18 carbon atoms, and having twomonovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atomsfrom the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkyne. Typicalalkynylene radicals include, but are not limited to, acetylene (—C≡C—),propargyl (—CH₂C≡C—), and 4-pentynyl (—CH₂CH₂CH₂C≡CH—).

“Aryl” means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical of 6-20 carbonatoms derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbonatom of a parent aromatic ring system. Typical aryl groups include, butare not limited to, radicals derived from benzene, substituted benzene,naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.

“Arylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of thehydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp³carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl,naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl,2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl group comprises 6to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety, including alkanyl, alkenylor alkynyl groups, of the arylalkyl group is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and thearyl moiety is 5 to 14 carbon atoms.

The term “polycarbocycle” refers to a saturated or unsaturatedpolycyclic ring system having from about 6 to about 25 carbon atoms andhaving two or more rings (e.g. 2, 3, 4, or 5 rings). The rings can befused and/or bridged to form the polycyclic ring system. For example,the term includes bicyclo [4,5], [5,5], [5,6] or [6,6] ring systems, aswell as the following bridged ring systems:

(i.e., [2.1.1], [2.2.1], [3.3.3], [4.3.1], [2.2.2], [4.2.2], [4.2.1],[4.3.2], [3.1.1], [3.2.1], [4.3.3], [3.3.2], [3.2.2] and [3.3.1]polycyclic rings, respectively) that can be linked to the remainder ofthe compound of formula (I) through any synthetically feasible position.Like the other polycarbocycles, these representative bicyclo and fusedring systems can optionally comprise one or more double bonds in thering system.

The term “polyheterocycle” refers to a polycarbocycle as defined herein,wherein one or more carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom (e,g, O,S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x)); wherein each R_(x) isindependently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, whereineach (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and(C1-10)alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo).

“Substituted alkyl”, “substituted aryl”, and “substituted arylalkyl”mean alkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl respectively, in which one or morehydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with a non-hydrogensubstituent. Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, —X,—R, —O⁻, —OR, —SR, —S⁻, —NR₂, —NR₃, ═NR, —CX₃, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N═C═O,—NCS, —NO, —NO₂, ═N₂, —N₃, NC(═O)R, —C(═O)R, —C(═O)NRR—S(═O)₂O⁻,—S(═O)₂OH, —S(═O)₂R, —OS(═O)₂OR, —S(═O)₂NR, —S(═O)R, —OP(═O)O₂RR,—P(═O)O₂RR—P(═O)(O⁻)₂, —P(═O)(OH)₂, —C(═O)R, —C(═O)X, —C(S)R, —C(O)OR,—C(O)O—, —C(S)OR, —C(O)SR, —C(S)SR, —C(O)NRR, —C(S)NRR, —C(NR)NRR, whereeach X is independently a halogen: F, Cl, Br, or I; and each R isindependently —H, alkyl, aryl, heterocycle, protecting group or prodrugmoiety. Alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups may also besimilarly substituted.

The term “optionally substituted” in reference to a particular moiety ofthe compound of formula I, (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group)refers to a moiety having 0, 1, 2, or more substituents.

The symbol

means that a bond is a single or double bond. In a non-limiting example,

“Haloalkyl” as used herein includes an alkyl group substituted with oneor more halogens (e.g. F, Cl, Br, or I). Representative examples ofhaloalkyl include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethyl.

“Heterocycle” as used herein includes by way of example and notlimitation these heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.; Principlesof Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968),particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; The Chemistry ofHeterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, NewYork, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28;and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566. In one specific embodiment of theinvention “heterocycle” includes a “carbocycle” as defined herein,wherein one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) carbon atoms have been replacedwith a heteroatom (e.g. O, N, or S).

Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitationpyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl,tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl,furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl,benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl,isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl,2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl,azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl,thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl,phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl,pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazoly, purinyl,4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl,quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4H-carbazolyl, carbazolyl,β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl,phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl,chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl,piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl,oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl,isatinoyl, and bis-tetrahydrofuranyl:

By way of example and not limitation, carbon bonded heterocycles arebonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2,3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan,tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole,position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4,or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of anaziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of anisoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl,4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl,4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl,5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.

By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles arebonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine,2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline,3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline,piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-indazole, position 2 of aisoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 ofa carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bondedheterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl,1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.

“Carbocycle” refers to a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring havingup to about 25 carbon atoms. Typically, a carbocycle has about 3 to 7carbon atoms as a monocycle, about 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle,and up to about 25 carbon atoms as a polycycle. Monocyclic carbocyclestypically have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ringatoms. Bicyclic carbocycles typically have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g.,arranged as a bicyclo[4,5], [5,5], [5,6] or [6,6] system, or 9 or 10ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo [5,6] or [6,6] system. The termcarbocycle includes “cycloalkyl” which is a saturated or unsaturatedcarbocycle. Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl,1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl,1-cyclohex-3-enyl, phenyl, spiryl and naphthyl. When Q¹ and Z^(2a) takentogether with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocycle,the heterocycle formed by Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms towhich they are attached may typically comprise up to about 25 atoms.

The term “chiral” refers to molecules which have the property ofnon-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term“achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirrorimage partner.

The term “stereoisomers” refers to compounds which have identicalchemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of theatoms or groups in space.

“Diastereomer” refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers ofchirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another.Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points,boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures ofdiastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical proceduressuch as electrophoresis and chromatography.

“Enantiomers” refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which arenon-superimposable mirror images of one another.

The term “treatment” or “treating,” to the extent it relates to adisease or condition includes preventing the disease or condition fromoccurring, inhibiting the disease or condition, eliminating the diseaseor condition, and/or relieving one or more symptoms of the disease orcondition.

The term “PRT” is selected from the terms “prodrug moiety” and“protecting group” as defined herein.

Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally followS. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984)McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S.,Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NewYork. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., theyhave the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. Indescribing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and Sare used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about itschiral center(s). The prefixes d and I or (+) and (−) are employed todesignate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound,with (−) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compoundprefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemicalstructure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirrorimages of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred toas an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called anenantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as aracemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been nostereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.The terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixtureof two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity. The inventionincludes all stereoisomers of the compounds described herein.

Z¹ Groups

The compounds of the invention have inhibitory activity toward HCVprotease. Unexpectedly, it has been found that compounds possessing theacyl sulfamate group of the following formula:

are suitably stable under physiological conditions. Additionally, it hasbeen determined that representative compounds possessing this sulfamategroup are unexpectedly potent inhibitors of HCV polymerase.

The crystal structure of the S2 region of the HCV NS3 serine protease isknown. See for example Y. S. Tsantrizos et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.2003, 42, 12, 1356-1360. The extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serineprotease domain interacts with the P2 group of several classes ofinhibitors which act by competing with the natural viral peptidesubstrates for binding to the substrate binding site and active site ofthe protease. Specifically, crystal structure analysis reveals that theNS3 residues, aspartic acid (Asp) 168 and arginine (Arg) 155, form asalt bridge which orients the planes of the carboxcylic acid moiety ofAsp 168 and the guanidinium moiety of Arg 155 parallel to the plane ofthe P2 group when the inhibitor is bound. This flat stacking interactionlikely includes a combination of Van der Waals and hydrophobic forcesthat help promote the formation of a complex between the NS3 protein andthe inhibitor.

The 7-methoxy group of several known inhibitors may also form favorableelectronic interactions with the coplanar guanidinium moiety of Arg 155(˜3.5 Å between the two planes of atoms) which also helps stabilize thecomplex. Similarly, the orientation of NS3 residues, Asp 81 andhistidine (His) 57, of the catalytic triad form a flat surface againstwhich a portion of the inhibitor P2 group can pack. Again, the coplanarstacking arrangement between the inhibitor P2 group and NS3 residues 81and 57 likely provide a combination of attractive Van der Waals andhydrophobic forces that help increase the affinity between the proteaseand the inhibitor. For more elaborated P2 groups, the backbone carbonyloxygens of residues valine (Val) 78 and Asp 79 come in close contact tosubstitutions at the 8-position of the isoquinoline ring. Largersubstitutions off of the 2-position of the isoquinoline ring, such asisopropyl aminothiazoles, come in close proximity to tyrosine (Tyr) 56.

In light of this understanding regarding the S2 region of the HCV NS3serine protease, one skilled in the art can identify Z¹ groups that havea three dimensional shape that will fit the extended S2 region of theHCV NS3 serine protease domain to provide a serine protease inhibitor offormula I that possesses the benefits of the acyl sulfamate groupdiscussed above. Accordingly, the structure of Z¹ in the compounds offormula (I) can vary considerably, provided Z¹ has a three dimensionalshape that will fit the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serineprotease domain to provide a compound with serine protease inhibitingactivity. In one embodiment of the invention, Z¹ is an organic grouphaving a three dimensional shape that will fit the extended S2 region ofthe HCV NS3 serine protease domain.

Additionally, it is known that it can be desirable for proteaseinhibitors to have favorable interactions (e.g. interactions such as Vander Waals or hydrophobic interactions) with one or more residuescorresponding to Histidine 57, Aspartic acid 81, Arginine 155, andAspartic acid 168 of the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serineprotease domain. In another embodiment, the invention Z¹ is an organicgroup that has favorable interactions (e.g. interactions such as Van derWaals or hydrophobic interactions) with one or more residuescorresponding to Histidine 57, Aspartic acid 81, Arginine 155, andAspartic acid 168 of the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serineprotease domain.

Additionally, it is known that it can be desirable for proteaseinhibitors to have favorable interactions with one or more residuescorresponding to Tyrosine 56, Valine 78, and Aspartic acid 79 of theextended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serine protease domain. In anotherembodiment, the invention Z¹ is an organic group that has favorableinteractions (e.g. interactions such as Van der Waals or hydrophobicinteractions) with one or more residues corresponding to Tyrosine 56,Valine 78, and Aspartic acid 79 of the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3serine protease domain.

A large number of pyrole cyclopropyl based compounds have been reportedto possess activity as protease inhibitors. Based on the variety ofstructures tested to date, it is believed that the potency of this classof pyrole cyclopropyl compounds can be improved by incorporating theabove sulfamate group into this class of compounds.

For example, the above sulfamate group can be incorporated into thecompounds reported in International Patent Application PublicationNumber WO 2006/007700 and WO 2006/007708 in place of the—C(═O)NHSO_(n)—R⁴ group of formula (I) therein; the above sulfamategroup can be incorporated into the compounds reported in WO 2004/113365,WO 2005/010029, and WO 2004/072243 in place of the —C(═O)G group offormula (I) therein; the above sulfamate group can be incorporated intothe compounds reported in WO 2006/086381 in place of the —C(═O)W groupof formula (I) therein; the above sulfamate group can be incorporatedinto the compounds reported in U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,722 in place of thegroup

of formula (I) therein; the above sulfamate group can be incorporatedinto the compounds reported in WO 2003/099274 in place of the—C(═O)N(H)SO_(m)R₁ group of formula (I) therein; the above sulfamategroup can be incorporated into the compounds reported in WO 2004/094452in place of the —C(═O)W group of formula (I) therein; the abovesulfamate group can be incorporated into the compounds reported in WO2005/095403 in place of the —Y group of formula (I) therein; and theabove sulfamate group can be incorporated into the compounds reported inWO 2007/015824 in place of the —C(═O)—R² group of formula (I) therein.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for R² in WO2006/007700 or WO 2006/007708.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for W in WO2004/113365.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for -M-Q inWO 2005/010029.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for W in WO2004/072243.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for —O-L-R¹in WO 2006/086381.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for

in U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,722.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for —X—R′ inWO 2003/099274.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for

in WO 2004/094452.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for—W—C(═V)-Q in WO 2005/095403.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) asdescribed herein, wherein Z¹ has any of the values defined for R¹ in WO2007/015824.

The entire content of International Patent Application PublicationNumbers WO 2006/007700, WO 2006/007708, WO 2004/113365, WO 2005/010029,WO 2004/072243, WO 2006/086381, WO 2003/099274, WO 2004/094452, WO2005/095403, and WO 2007/015824 as well as the entire content of U.S.Pat. No. 6,878,722 is hereby incorporated herein by reference. Inparticular, the definitions for the groups substituted at the 3-positionof the pyrole rings in formulae (I) therein as well as informationrelating to suitable synthetic routes for preparing the compounds offormulae (I) therein are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Prodrugs

The term “prodrug” as used herein refers to any compound that whenadministered to a biological system generates the drug substance, i.e.active ingredient, as a result of spontaneous chemical reaction(s),enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), photolysis, and/or metabolicchemical reaction(s). A prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog orlatent form of a therapeutically-active compound.

“Prodrug moiety” refers to a labile functional group which separatesfrom the active inhibitory compound during metabolism, systemically,inside a cell, by hydrolysis, enzymatic cleavage, or by some otherprocess (Bundgaard, Hans, “Design and Application of Prodrugs” in ATextbook of Drug Design and Development (1991), P. Krogsgaard-Larsen andH. Bundgaard, Eds. Harwood Academic Publishers, pp. 113-191). Enzymeswhich are capable of an enzymatic activation mechanism with thephosphonate prodrug compounds of the invention include, but are notlimited to, amidases, esterases, microbial enzymes, phospholipases,cholinesterases, and phosphases. Prodrug moieties can serve to enhancesolubility, absorption and lipophilicity to optimize drug delivery,bioavailability and efficacy. A prodrug moiety may include an activemetabolite or drug itself.

Exemplary prodrug moieties include the hydrolytically sensitive orlabile acyloxymethyl esters —CH₂C(═O)R⁹ and acyloxymethyl carbonates—CH₂C(═O)OR⁹ where R⁹ is C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ substituted alkyl, C₆-C₂₀aryl or C₆-C₂₀ substituted aryl. The acyloxyalkyl ester was first usedas a prodrug strategy for carboxylic acids and then applied tophosphates and phosphonates by Farquhar et al. (1983) J. Pharm. Sci. 72:324; also U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,570, 4,968,788, 5,663,159 and 5,792,756.Subsequently, the acyloxyalkyl ester was used to deliver phosphonicacids across cell membranes and to enhance oral bioavailability. A closevariant of the acyloxyalkyl ester, the alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl ester(carbonate), may also enhance oral bioavailability as a prodrug moietyin the compounds of the combinations of the invention. An exemplaryacyloxymethyl ester is pivaloyloxymethoxy, (POM)-CH₂C(═O)C(CH₃)₃. Anexemplary acyloxymethyl carbonate prodrug moiety ispivaloyloxymethylcarbonate (POC)—CH₂C(═O)OC(CH₃)₃.

Aryl esters of phosphorus groups, especially phenyl esters, are reportedto enhance oral bioavailability (De Lombaert et al. (1994) J. Med. Chem.37: 498). Phenyl esters containing a carboxylic ester ortho to aphosphate have also been described (Khamnei and Torrence, (1996) J. Med.Chem. 39:4109-4115). Benzyl esters are reported to generate parentphosphonic acids. In some cases, substituents at the ortho- orpara-position may accelerate the hydrolysis. Benzyl analogs with anacylated phenol or an alkylated phenol may generate the phenoliccompound through the action of enzymes, e.g., esterases, oxidases, etc.,which in turn undergoes cleavage at the benzylic C—O bond to generatephosphoric acid and a quinone methide intermediate. Examples of thisclass of prodrugs are described by Mitchell et al. (1992) J. Chem. Soc.Perkin Trans. II 2345; Glazier WO 91/19721. Still other benzylicprodrugs have been described containing a carboxylic ester-containinggroup attached to the benzylic methylene (Glazier WO 91/19721).Thio-containing prodrugs are reported to be useful for the intracellulardelivery of phosphonate drugs. These proesters contain an ethylthiogroup in which the thiol group is either esterified with an acyl groupor combined with another thiol group to form a disulfide.Deesterification or reduction of the disulfide generates the free thiointermediate which subsequently breaks down to the phosphoric acid andepisulfide (Puech et al. (1993) Antiviral Res., 22: 155-174; Benzaria etal. (1996) J. Med. Chem. 39: 4958).

Protecting Groups

In the context of the present invention, protecting groups includeprodrug moieties and chemical protecting groups.

“Protecting group” refers to a moiety of a compound that masks or altersthe properties of a functional group or the properties of the compoundas a whole. Chemical protecting groups and strategies forprotection/deprotection are well known in the art. See e.g., ProtectiveGroups in Organic Chemistry, Theodora W. Greene, John Wiley & Sons,Inc., New York, 1991. Protecting groups are often utilized to mask thereactivity of certain functional groups, to assist in the efficiency ofdesired chemical reactions, e.g., making and breaking chemical bonds inan ordered and planned fashion. Protection of functional groups of acompound alters other physical properties besides the reactivity of theprotected functional group, such as the polarity, lipophilicity(hydrophobicity), and other properties which can be measured by commonanalytical tools. Chemically protected intermediates may themselves bebiologically active or inactive.

Protected compounds may also exhibit altered, and in some cases,optimized properties in vitro and in vivo, such as passage throughcellular membranes and resistance to enzymatic degradation orsequestration. In this role, protected compounds with intendedtherapeutic effects may be referred to as prodrugs. Another function ofa protecting group is to convert the parental drug into a prodrug,whereby the parental drug is released upon conversion of the prodrug invivo. Because active prodrugs may be absorbed more effectively than theparental drug, prodrugs may possess greater potency in vivo than theparental drug. Protecting groups are removed either in vitro, in theinstance of chemical intermediates, or in vivo, in the case of prodrugs.With chemical intermediates, it is not particularly important that theresulting products after deprotection, e.g., alcohols, bephysiologically acceptable, although in general it is more desirable ifthe products are pharmacologically innocuous.

Protecting groups are available, commonly known and used, and areoptionally used to prevent side reactions with the protected groupduring synthetic procedures, i.e. routes or methods to prepare thecompounds of the invention. For the most part the decision as to whichgroups to protect, when to do so, and the nature of the chemicalprotecting group “PG” will be dependent upon the chemistry of thereaction to be protected against (e.g., acidic, basic, oxidative,reductive or other conditions) and the intended direction of thesynthesis. The PG groups do not need to be, and generally are not, thesame if the compound is substituted with multiple PG. In general, PGwill be used to protect functional groups such as carboxyl, hydroxyl,thio, or amino groups and to thus prevent side reactions or to otherwisefacilitate the synthetic efficiency. The order of deprotection to yieldfree, deprotected groups is dependent upon the intended direction of thesynthesis and the reaction conditions to be encountered, and may occurin any order as determined by the artisan.

Various functional groups of the compounds of the invention may beprotected. For example, protecting groups for —OH groups (whetherhydroxyl, carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, or other functions) include“ether- or ester-forming groups”. Ether- or ester-forming groups arecapable of functioning as chemical protecting groups in the syntheticschemes set forth herein. However, some hydroxyl and thio protectinggroups are neither ether- nor ester-forming groups, as will beunderstood by those skilled in the art, and are included with amides,discussed below.

A very large number of hydroxyl protecting groups and amide-forminggroups and corresponding chemical cleavage reactions are described inProtective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Theodora W. Greene (John Wiley &Sons, Inc., New York, 1991, ISBN 0-471-62301-6) (“Greene”). See alsoKocienski, Philip J.; Protecting Groups (Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart,New York, 1994), which is incorporated by reference in its entiretyherein. In particular Chapter 1, Protecting Groups: An Overview, pages1-20, Chapter 2, Hydroxyl Protecting Groups, pages 21-94, Chapter 3,Diol Protecting Groups, pages 95-117, Chapter 4, Carboxyl ProtectingGroups, pages 118-154, Chapter 5, Carbonyl Protecting Groups, pages155-184. For protecting groups for carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid,phosphonate, sulfonic acid and other protecting groups for acids seeGreene as set forth below.

By way of example and not limitation, A³, A² and R¹ are all recursivesubstituents in certain embodiments. Typically, each of these mayindependently occur 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7,6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, or 0, times in a given embodiment. More typically,each of these may independently occur 12 or fewer times in a givenembodiment. Whenever a compound described herein is substituted withmore than one of the same designated group, e.g., “R¹” or “A³”, then itwill be understood that the groups may be the same or different, i.e.,each group is independently selected. Wavy lines indicate the site ofcovalent bond attachments to the adjoining groups, moieties, or atoms.

In one embodiment of the invention, the compound is in an isolated andpurified form. Generally, the term “isolated and purified” means thatthe compound is substantially free from biological materials (e.g.blood, tissue, cells, etc.). In one specific embodiment of theinvention, the term means that the compound or conjugate of theinvention is at least about 50 wt. % free from biological materials; inanother specific embodiment, the term means that the compound orconjugate of the invention is at least about 75 wt. % free frombiological materials; in another specific embodiment, the term meansthat the compound or conjugate of the invention is at least about 90 wt.% free from biological materials; in another specific embodiment, theterm means that the compound or conjugate of the invention is at leastabout 98 wt. % free from biological materials; and in anotherembodiment, the term means that the compound or conjugate of theinvention is at least about 99 wt. % free from biological materials. Inanother specific embodiment, the invention provides a compound orconjugate of the invention that has been synthetically prepared (e.g.,ex vivo).

Cellular Accumulation

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds capable ofaccumulating in human PBMC (peripheral blood mononuclear cells). PBMCrefer to blood cells having round lymphocytes and monocytes.Physiologically, PBMC are critical components of the mechanism againstinfection. PBMC may be isolated from heparinized whole blood of normalhealthy donors or buffy coats, by standard density gradientcentrifugation and harvested from the interface, washed (e.g.phosphate-buffered saline) and stored in freezing medium. PBMC may becultured in multi-well plates. At various times of culture, supernatantmay be either removed for assessment, or cells may be harvested andanalyzed (Smith R. et al (2003) Blood 102(7):2532-2540). The compoundsof this embodiment may further comprise a phosphonate or phosphonateprodrug. More typically, the phosphonate or phosphonate prodrug can havethe structure A³ as described herein.

Stereoisomers

The compounds of the invention may have chiral centers, e.g., chiralcarbon or phosphorus atoms. The compounds of the invention thus includeracemic mixtures of all stereoisomers, including enantiomers,diastereomers, and atropisomers. In addition, the compounds of theinvention include enriched or resolved optical isomers at any or allasymmetric, chiral atoms. In other words, the chiral centers apparentfrom the depictions are provided as the chiral isomers or racemicmixtures. Both racemic and diastereomeric mixtures, as well as theindividual optical isomers isolated or synthesized, substantially freeof their enantiomeric or diastereomeric partners, are all within thescope of the invention. The racemic mixtures are separated into theirindividual, substantially optically pure isomers through well-knowntechniques such as, for example, the separation of diastereomeric saltsformed with optically active adjuncts, e.g., acids or bases followed byconversion back to the optically active substances. In most instances,the desired optical isomer is synthesized by means of stereospecificreactions, beginning with the appropriate stereoisomer of the desiredstarting material.

The compounds of the invention can also exist as tautomeric isomers incertain cases. Although only one delocalized resonance structure may bedepicted, all such forms are contemplated within the scope of theinvention. For example, ene-amine tautomers can exist for purine,pyrimidine, imidazole, guanidine, amidine, and tetrazole systems and alltheir possible tautomeric forms are within the scope of the invention.

Salts and Hydrates

Examples of physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of theinvention include salts derived from an appropriate base, such as analkali metal (for example, sodium), an alkaline earth metal (forexample, magnesium), ammonium and NX₄ ⁺ (wherein X is C₁-C₄ alkyl).Physiologically acceptable salts of a hydrogen atom or an amino groupinclude salts of organic carboxylic acids such as acetic, benzoic,lactic, fumaric, tartaric, maleic, malonic, malic, isethionic,lactobionic and succinic acids; organic sulfonic acids, such asmethanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic and p-toluenesulfonicacids; and inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoricand sulfamic acids. Physiologically acceptable salts of a compound of ahydroxy group include the anion of said compound in combination with asuitable cation such as Na⁺ and NX₄ ⁺ (wherein X is independentlyselected from H or a C₁-C₄ alkyl group).

For therapeutic use, salts of active ingredients of the compounds of theinvention will typically be physiologically acceptable, i.e. they willbe salts derived from a physiologically acceptable acid or base.However, salts of acids or bases which are not physiologicallyacceptable may also find use, for example, in the preparation orpurification of a physiologically acceptable compound. All salts,whether or not derived form a physiologically acceptable acid or base,are within the scope of the present invention.

Metal salts typically are prepared by reacting the metal hydroxide witha compound of this invention. Examples of metal salts which are preparedin this way are salts containing Li⁺, Na⁺, and K⁺. A less soluble metalsalt can be precipitated from the solution of a more soluble salt byaddition of the suitable metal compound.

In addition, salts may be formed from acid addition of certain organicand inorganic acids, e.g., HCl, HBr, H₂SO₄, H₃PO₄ or organic sulfonicacids, to basic centers, typically amines, or to acidic groups. Finally,it is to be understood that the compositions herein comprise compoundsof the invention in their un-ionized, as well as zwitterionic form, andcombinations with stoichiometric amounts of water as in hydrates.

Also included within the scope of this invention are the salts of theparental compounds with one or more amino acids. Any of the natural orunnatural amino acids are suitable, especially the naturally-occurringamino acids found as protein components, although the amino acidtypically is one bearing a side chain with a basic or acidic group,e.g., lysine, arginine or glutamic acid, or a neutral group such asglycine, serine, threonine, alanine, isoleucine, or leucine.

Methods of Inhibition of HCV

Another aspect of the invention relates to methods of inhibiting theactivity of HCV comprising the step of treating a sample suspected ofcontaining HCV with a compound or composition of the invention.

Compounds of the invention may act as inhibitors of HCV, asintermediates for such inhibitors or have other utilities as describedbelow. The inhibitors will generally bind to locations on the surface orin a cavity of the liver. Compounds binding in the liver may bind withvarying degrees of reversibility. Those compounds binding substantiallyirreversibly are ideal candidates for use in this method of theinvention. Once labeled, the substantially irreversibly bindingcompounds are useful as probes for the detection of HCV. Accordingly,the invention relates to methods of detecting NS3 in a sample suspectedof containing HCV comprising the steps of: treating a sample suspectedof containing HCV with a composition comprising a compound of theinvention bound to a label; and observing the effect of the sample onthe activity of the label. Suitable labels are well known in thediagnostics field and include stable free radicals, fluorophores,radioisotopes, enzymes, chemiluminescent groups and chromogens. Thecompounds herein are labeled in conventional fashion using functionalgroups such as hydroxyl or amino. In one embodiment the inventionprovides a compound of formula (I) that comprises or that is bound orlinked to one or more detectable labels. Within the context of theinvention samples suspected of containing HCV include natural orman-made materials such as living organisms; tissue or cell cultures;biological samples such as biological material samples (blood, serum,urine, cerebrospinal fluid, tears, sputum, saliva, tissue samples, andthe like); laboratory samples; food, water, or air samples; bioproductsamples such as extracts of cells, particularly recombinant cellssynthesizing a desired glycoprotein; and the like. Typically the samplewill be suspected of containing HCV. Samples can be contained in anymedium including water and organic solvent/water mixtures. Samplesinclude living organisms such as humans, and man made materials such ascell cultures.

The treating step of the invention comprises adding the compound of theinvention to the sample or it comprises adding a precursor of thecomposition to the sample. The addition step comprises any method ofadministration as described above.

If desired, the activity of HCV after application of the compound can beobserved by any method including direct and indirect methods ofdetecting HCV activity. Quantitative, qualitative, and semiquantitativemethods of determining HCV activity are all contemplated. Typically oneof the screening methods described above are applied, however, any othermethod such as observation of the physiological properties of a livingorganism are also applicable.

Many organisms contain HCV. The compounds of this invention are usefulin the treatment or prophylaxis of conditions associated with HCVactivation in animals or in man.

However, in screening compounds capable of inhibiting HCV it should bekept in mind that the results of enzyme assays may not always correlatewith cell culture assays. Thus, a cell based assay should typically bethe primary screening tool.

Screens for HCV Inhibitors

Compounds of the invention are screened for inhibitory activity againstHCV by any of the conventional techniques for evaluating enzymeactivity. Within the context of the invention, typically compounds arefirst screened for inhibition of HCV in vitro and compounds showinginhibitory activity are then screened for activity in vivo. Compoundshaving in vitro Ki (inhibitory constants) of less then about 5×10⁻⁶ M,typically less than about 1×10⁻⁷ M and preferably less than about 5×10⁻⁸M are preferred for in vivo use. Useful in vitro screens have beendescribed in detail.

Pharmaceutical Formulations

The compounds of this invention are formulated with conventionalcarriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinarypractice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, bindersand the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, andwhen intended for delivery by other than oral administration generallywill be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipientssuch as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients(1986). Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants,chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin,hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and thelike. The pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but isordinarily about 7 to 10.

While it is possible for the active ingredients to be administered aloneit may be preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. Theformulations, both for veterinary and for human use, of the inventioncomprise at least one active ingredient, as above defined, together withone or more acceptable carriers therefor and optionally othertherapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in thesense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulationand physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.

The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administrationroutes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosageform and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art ofpharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). Such methodsinclude the step of bringing into association the active ingredient withthe carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. Ingeneral the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimatelybringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers orfinely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shapingthe product.

Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administrationmay be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tabletseach containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as apowder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous ornon-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or awater-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also beadministered as a bolus, electuary or paste.

A tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or moreaccessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressingin a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form suchas a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant,inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Moldedtablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of thepowdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Thetablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulatedso as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredienttherefrom.

For administration to the eye or other external tissues e.g., mouth andskin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment orcream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example,0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1%and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.),preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w. Whenformulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed witheither a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively,the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-watercream base.

If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, forexample, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcoholhaving two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol(including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations maydesirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration ofthe active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examplesof such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide andrelated analogs.

The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constitutedfrom known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprisemerely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirablycomprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil orwith both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier isincluded together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as astabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up theso-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fatmake up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oilydispersed phase of the cream formulations.

Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulationof the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol,benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodiumlauryl sulfate.

The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based onachieving the desired cosmetic properties. The cream should preferablybe a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitableconsistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight orbranched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate,isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids,isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate,2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known asCrodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. Thesemay be used alone or in combination depending on the propertiesrequired. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white softparaffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.

Pharmaceutical formulations according to the present invention compriseone or more compounds of the invention together with one or morepharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally othertherapeutic agents. Pharmaceutical formulations containing the activeingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method ofadministration. When used for oral use for example, tablets, troches,lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules,emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared.Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to anymethod known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceuticalcompositions and such compositions may contain one or more agentsincluding sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents andpreserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tabletscontaining the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxicpharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufactureof tablets are acceptable. These excipients may be, for example, inertdiluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactosemonohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodiumphosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch,or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystallinecellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such asmagnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may be uncoated or maybe coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delaydisintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and therebyprovide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a timedelay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearatealone or with a wax may be employed.

Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsuleswhere the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules whereinthe active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such aspeanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.

Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials inadmixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueoussuspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose,sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia,and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurringphosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkyleneoxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensationproduct of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g.,heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxidewith a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride(e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension mayalso contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propylp-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoringagents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.

Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient ina vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconutoil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensionsmay contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetylalcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoringagents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. Thesecompositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such asascorbic acid.

Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable forpreparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water providethe active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, asuspending agent, and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing orwetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those disclosedabove. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring andcoloring agents, may also be present.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the formof oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, suchas olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, ora mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents includenaturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth,naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters orpartial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such assorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esterswith ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Theemulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups andelixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol,sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, apreservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of asterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous oroleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according tothe known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents andsuspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterileinjectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution orsuspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent,such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilizedpowder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employedare water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Inaddition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solventor suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may beemployed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fattyacids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation ofinjectables.

The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carriermaterial to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon thehost treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, atime-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans maycontain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with anappropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may varyfrom about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). Thepharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurableamounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intendedfor intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of theactive ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of asuitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.

Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye dropswherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitablecarrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. Theactive ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in aconcentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularlyabout 1.5% w/w.

Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth includelozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usuallysucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the activeingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucroseand acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in asuitable liquid carrier.

Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppositorywith a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salkylate.

Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have aparticle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns (includingparticle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns in incrementsmicrons such as 0.5, 1, 30 microns, 35 microns, etc.), which isadministered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or byinhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitableformulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient.Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may beprepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered withother therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in thetreatment or prophylaxis of conditions associated with HCV activity.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented aspessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulationscontaining in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as areknown in the art to be appropriate.

Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous andnon-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants,buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonicwith the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueoussterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickeningagents.

The formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers,for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in afreeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of thesterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediatelyprior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions areprepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kindpreviously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are thosecontaining a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited,or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.

It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularlymentioned above the formulations of this invention may include otheragents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulationin question, for example those suitable for oral administration mayinclude flavoring agents.

The invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising atleast one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinarycarrier therefor.

Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose ofadministering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseousmaterials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary artand are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinarycompositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any otherdesired route.

Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlledrelease of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or toimprove the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of the activeingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provides compositionscomprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated forsustained or controlled release.

Effective dose of active ingredient depends at least on the nature ofthe condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is beingused prophylactically (lower doses), the method of delivery, and thepharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinicianusing conventional dose escalation studies. It can be expected to befrom about 0.0001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day. Typically,from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically,from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg body weight per day. More typically,from about 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day. For example, thedaily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg bodyweight will range from 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably between 5 mg and 500mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.

Routes of Administration

One or more compounds of the invention (herein referred to as the activeingredients) are administered by any route appropriate to the conditionto be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical(including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (includingsubcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal andepidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred routemay vary with for example the condition of the recipient. An advantageof the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailableand can be dosed orally.

Combination Therapy

Active ingredients of the invention can also be used in combination withother active ingredients. Such combinations are selected based on thecondition to be treated, cross-reactivities of ingredients andpharmaco-properties of the combination.

It is also possible to combine any compound of the invention with one ormore other active ingredients in a unitary dosage form for simultaneousor sequential administration to a patient. The combination therapy maybe administered as a simultaneous or sequential regimen. Whenadministered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two ormore administrations.

The combination therapy may provide “synergy” and “synergistic effect”,i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together isgreater than the sum of the effects that results from using thecompounds separately. A synergistic effect may be attained when theactive ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or deliveredsimultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternationor in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect may beattained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially,e.g., in separate tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injectionsin separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, aneffective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially,i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of twoor more active ingredients are administered together.

Suitable active therapeutic agents or ingredients which can be combinedwith the compounds of formula I can include interferons, e.g., pegylatedrIFN-alpha 2b, pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a, rIFN-alpha 2b, IFN alpha-2b XL,rIFN-alpha 2a, consensus IFN alpha, infergen, rebif, locteron, AVI-005,PEG-infergen, pegylated IFN-beta, oral interferon alpha, feron,reaferon, intermax alpha, r-IFN-beta, infergen+actimmune, IFN-omega withDUROS, and albuferon; ribavirin analogs, e.g., rebetol, copegus,levovirin VX-497, and viramidine (taribavirin); NS5a inhibitors, e.g.,A-831 and A-689; NS5b polymerase inhibitors, e.g., NM-283,valopicitabine, R1626, PSI-6130 (R1656), HCV-796, BILB 1941, MK-0608,NM-107, R7128, VCH-759, PF-868554, GSK625433, and XTL-21-25; NS3protease inhibitors, e.g., SCH-503034 (SCH-7), VX-950 (Telaprevir),ITMN-191, and BILN-2065; alpha-glucosidase I inhibitors, e.g., MX-3253(celgosivir) and UT-231B; hepatoprotectants, e.g., IDN-6556, ME 3738,MitoQ, and LB-84451; non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV, e.g.,benzimidazole derivatives, benzo-1,2,4-thiadiazine derivatives, andphenylalanine derivatives; and other drugs for treating HCV, e.g.,zadaxin, nitazoxanide (alinea), BIVN-401 (virostat), DEBIO-025,VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, bavituximab, oglufanide, PYN-17,KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, ANA-975(isatoribine), XTL-68.65, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, andNIM811.

In yet another embodiment, the present application disclosespharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the presentinvention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or esterthereof, in combination with at least one additional therapeutic agent,and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

According to the present invention, the therapeutic agent used incombination with the compound of the present invention can be any agenthaving a therapeutic effect when used in combination with the compoundof the present invention. For example, the therapeutic agent used incombination with the compound of the present invention can beinterferons, ribavirin analogs, NS3 protease inhibitors, NS5b polymeraseinhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants,non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV, and other drugs for treating HCV.

In another embodiment, the present application provides pharmaceuticalcompositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, incombination with at least one additional therapeutic agent selected fromthe group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b, pegylated rIFN-alpha2a, rIFN-alpha 2b, IFN alpha-2b XL, rIFN-alpha 2a, consensus IFN alpha,infergen, rebif, locteron, AVI-005, PEG-infergen, pegylated IFN-beta,oral interferon alpha, feron, reaferon, intermax alpha, r-IFN-beta,infergen+actimmune, IFN-omega with DUROS, albuferon, rebetol, copegus,levovirin, VX-497, viramidine (taribavirin), A-831, A-689, NM-283,valopicitabine, R1626, PSI-6130 (R1656), HCV-796, BILB 1941, MK-0608,NM-107, R7128, VCH-759, PF-868554, GSK625433, XTL-2125, SCH-503034(SCH-7), VX-950 (Telaprevir), ITMN-191, and BILN-2065, MX-3253(celgosivir), UT-231B, IDN-6556, ME 3738, MitoQ, and LB-84451,benzimidazole derivatives, benzo-1,2,4-thiadiazine derivatives, andphenylalanine derivatives, zadaxin, nitazoxanide (alinea), BIVN-401(virostat), DEBIO-025, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, bavituximab,oglufanide, PYN-17, KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir,GI-5005, ANA-975 (isatoribine), XTL-6865, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin,EHC-18, and NIM811 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier orexcipient.

In yet another embodiment, the present application provides acombination pharmaceutical agent comprising:

a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of thepresent invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, orester thereof; and

b) a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least oneadditional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of HIVprotease inhibiting compounds, HIV non-nucleoside inhibitors of reversetranscriptase, HIV nucleoside inhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIVnucleotide inhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIV integraseinhibitors, gp41 inhibitors, CXCR4 inhibitors, gp120 inhibitors, CCR5inhibitors, interferons, ribavirin analogs, NS3 protease inhibitors,alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, non-nucleosideinhibitors of HCV, and other drugs for treating HCV, and combinationsthereof.

Combinations of the compounds of formula I and additional activetherapeutic agents may be selected to treat patients infected with HCVand other conditions such as HIV infections. Accordingly, the compoundsof formula I may be combined with one or more compounds useful intreating HIV, for example HIV protease inhibiting compounds, HIVnon-nucleoside inhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIV nucleosideinhibitors of reverse transcriptase, HIV nucleotide inhibitors ofreverse transcriptase, HIV integrase inhibitors, gp41 inhibitors, CXCR4inhibitors, gp120 inhibitors, CCR5 inhibitors, interferons, ribavirinanalogs, NS3 protease inhibitors, NS5b polymerase inhibitors,alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, non-nucleosideinhibitors of HCV, and other drugs for treating HCV.

More specifically, one or more compounds of the present invention may becombined with one or more compounds selected from the group consistingof 1) HIV protease inhibitors, e.g., amprenavir, atazanavir,fosamprenavir, indinavir, lopinavir, ritonavir, lopinavir+ritonavir,nelfinavir, saquinavir, tipranavir, brecanavir, darunavir, TMC-126,TMC-114, mozenavir (DMP-450), JE-2147 (AG1776), AG1859, DG35, L-756423,R00334649, KNI-272, DPC-681, DPC-684, and GW640385X, DG17, PPL-100, 2) aHIV non-nucleoside inhibitor of reverse transcriptase, e.g.,capravirine, emivirine, delaviridine, efavirenz, nevirapine, (+)calanolide A, etravirine, GW5634, DPC-083, DPC-961, DPC-963, MIV-150,and TMC-120, TMC-278 (rilpivirine), efavirenz, BILR 355 BS, VRX 840773,UK-453,061, RDEA806, 3) a HIV nucleoside inhibitor of reversetranscriptase, e.g., zidovudine, emtricitabine, didanosine, stavudine,zalcitabine, lamivudine, abacavir, amdoxovir, elvucitabine, alovudine,MIV-210, racivir (±-FTC), D-d4FC, emtricitabine, phosphazide, fozivudinetidoxil, fosalvudine tidoxil, apricitibine (AVX754), amdoxovir, KP-1461,abacavir+lamivudine, abacavir+lamivudine+zidovudine,zidovudine+lamivudine, 4) a HIV nucleotide inhibitor of reversetranscriptase, e.g., tenofovir, tenofovir disoproxilfumarate+emtricitabine, tenofovir disoproxilfumarate+emtricitabine+efavirenz, and adefovir, 5) a HIV integraseinhibitor, e.g., curcumin, derivatives of curcumin, chicoric acid,derivatives of chicoric acid, 3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, derivatives of3,5-dicaffeoylquinic acid, aurintricarboxylic acid, derivatives ofaurintricarboxylic acid, caffeic acid phenethyl ester, derivatives ofcaffeic acid phenethyl ester, tyrphostin, derivatives of tyrphostin,quercetin, derivatives of quercetin, S-1360, zintevir (AR-177),L-870812, and L-870810, MK-0518 (raltegravir), BMS-707035, MK-2048,BA-011, BMS-538158, GSK364735C, 6) a gp41 inhibitor, e.g., enfuvirtide,sifuvirtide, FB006M, TRI-1144, SPC3, DES6, Locus gp41, CovX, and REP 9,7) a CXCR4 inhibitor, e.g., AMD-070, 8) an entry inhibitor, e.g., SP01A,TNX-355, 9) a gp120 inhibitor, e.g., BMS-488043 and BlockAide/CR, 10) aG6PD and NADH-oxidase inhibitor, e.g., immunitin, 10) a CCR5 inhibitor,e.g., aplaviroc, vicriviroc, INCB9471, PRO-140, INCB15050, PF-232798,CCR5 mAb004, and maraviroc, 11) an interferon, e.g., pegylatedrIFN-alpha 2b, pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a, rIFN-alpha 2b, IFN alpha-2b XL,rIFN-alpha 2a, consensus IFN alpha, infergen, rebif, locteron, AVI-005,PEG-infergen, pegylated IFN-beta, oral interferon alpha, feron,reaferon, intermax alpha, r-IFN-beta, infergen+actimmune, IFN-omega withDUROS, and albuferon, 12) ribavirin analogs, e.g., rebetol, copegus,levovirin, VX-497, and viramidine (taribavirin) 13) NS5a inhibitors,e.g., A-831 and A-689, 14) NS5b polymerase inhibitors, e.g., NM-283,valopicitabine, R1626, PSI-6130 (R1656), HCV-796, BILB 1941, MK-0608,NM-107, R7128, VCH-759, PF-868554, GSK625433, and XTL-2125, 15) NS3protease inhibitors, e.g., SCH-503034 (SCH-7), VX-950 (Telaprevir),ITMN-191, and BILN-2065, 16) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, e.g.,MX-3253 (celgosivir) and UT-231B, 17) hepatoprotectants, e.g., IDN-6556,ME 3738, MitoQ, and LB-84451, 18) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV,e.g., benzimidazole derivatives, benzo-1,2,4-thiadiazine derivatives,and phenylalanine derivatives, 19) other drugs for treating HCV, e.g.,zadaxin, nitazoxanide (alinea), BIVN-401 (virostat), DEBIO-025,VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, bavituximab, oglufanide, PYN-17,KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, ANA-975(isatoribine), XTL-6865, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, and NIM811,19) pharmacokinetic enhancers, e.g., BAS-100 and SPI452, 20)RNAse Hinhibitors, e.g., ODN-93 and ODN-112, 21) other anti-HIV agents, e.g.,VGV-1, PA-457 (bevirimat), ampligen, HRG214, cytolin, polymun, VGX-410,KD247, AMZ 0026, CYT 99007, A-221 HIV, BAY 50-4798, MDX010 (iplimumab),PBS119, ALG889, and PA-1050040.

Metabolites of the Compounds of the Invention

Also falling within the scope of this invention are the in vivometabolic products of the compounds described herein. Such products mayresult for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation,esterification and the like of the administered compound, primarily dueto enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compoundsproduced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this inventionwith a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolicproduct thereof. Such products typically are identified by preparing aradiolabelled (e.g., C¹⁴ or H³) compound of the invention, administeringit parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man,allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from theurine, blood or other biological samples. These products are easilyisolated since they are labeled (others are isolated by the use ofantibodies capable of binding epitopes surviving in the metabolite). Themetabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g., byMS or NMR analysis. In general, analysis of metabolites is done in thesame way as conventional drug metabolism studies well-known to thoseskilled in the art. The conversion products, so long as they are nototherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeuticdosing of the compounds of the invention even if they possess noHCV-inhibitory activity of their own.

Methods for determining stability of compounds in surrogategastrointestinal secretions are known. Compounds are defined herein asstable in the gastrointestinal tract where less than about 50 molepercent of the protected groups are deprotected in surrogate intestinalor gastric juice upon incubation for 1 hour at 37° C. Simply because thecompounds are stable to the gastrointestinal tract does not mean thatthey cannot be hydrolyzed in vivo. The phosphonate prodrugs of theinvention typically will be stable in the digestive system but aresubstantially hydrolyzed to the parental drug in the digestive lumen,liver or other metabolic organ, or within cells in general.

Exemplary Methods of Making the Compounds of the Invention.

The invention also relates to methods of making the compositions of theinvention. The compositions are prepared by any of the applicabletechniques of organic synthesis. Many such techniques are well known inthe art. However, many of the known techniques are elaborated inCompendium of Organic Synthetic Methods (John Wiley & Sons, New York),Vol. 1, Ian T. Harrison and Shuyen Harrison, 1971; Vol. 2, Ian T.Harrison and Shuyen Harrison, 1974; Vol. 3, Louis S. Hegedus and LeroyWade, 1977; Vol. 4, Leroy G. Wade, jr., 1980; Vol. 5, Leroy G. Wade,Jr., 1984; and Vol. 6, Michael B. Smith; as well as March, J., AdvancedOrganic Chemistry, Third Edition, (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1985),Comprehensive Organic Synthesis. Selectivity, Strategy & Efficiency inModern Organic Chemistry. In 9 Volumes, Barry M. Trost, Editor-in-Chief(Pergamon Press, New York, 1993 printing). Other methods suitable forpreparing compounds of the invention are described in InternationalPatent Application Publication Number WO 2006/020276.

A number of exemplary methods for the preparation of the compositions ofthe invention are provided below. These methods are intended toillustrate the nature of such preparations and are not intended to limitthe scope of applicable methods.

Generally, the reaction conditions such as temperature, reaction time,solvents, work-up procedures, and the like, will be those common in theart for the particular reaction to be performed. The cited referencematerial, together with material cited therein, contains detaileddescriptions of such conditions. Typically the temperatures will be−100° C. to 200° C., solvents will be aprotic or protic, and reactiontimes will be 10 seconds to 10 days. Work-up typically consists ofquenching any unreacted reagents followed by partition between awater/organic layer system (extraction) and separating the layercontaining the product.

Oxidation and reduction reactions are typically carried out attemperatures near room temperature (about 20° C.), although for metalhydride reductions frequently the temperature is reduced to 0° C. to−100° C., solvents are typically aprotic for reductions and may beeither protic or aprotic for oxidations. Reaction times are adjusted toachieve desired conversions.

Condensation reactions are typically carried out at temperatures nearroom temperature, although for non-equilibrating, kinetically controlledcondensations reduced temperatures (0° C. to −100° C.) are also common.Solvents can be either protic (common in equilibrating reactions) oraprotic (common in kinetically controlled reactions).

Standard synthetic techniques such as azeotropic removal of reactionby-products and use of anhydrous reaction conditions (e.g., inert gasenvironments) are common in the art and will be applied when applicable.

The terms “treated”, “treating”, “treatment”, and the like, when used inconnection with a chemical synthetic operation, mean contacting, mixing,reacting, allowing to react, bringing into contact, and other termscommon in the art for indicating that one or more chemical entities istreated in such a manner as to convert it to one or more other chemicalentities. This means that “treating compound one with compound two” issynonymous with “allowing compound one to react with compound two”,“contacting compound one with compound two”, “reacting compound one withcompound two”, and other expressions common in the art of organicsynthesis for reasonably indicating that compound one was “treated”,“reacted”, “allowed to react”, etc., with compound two. For example,treating indicates the reasonable and usual manner in which organicchemicals are allowed to react. Normal concentrations (0.01M to 10M,typically 0.1M to 1M), temperatures (−100° C. to 250° C., typically −78°C. to 150° C., more typically −78° C. to 100° C., still more typically0° C. to 100° C.), reaction vessels (typically glass, plastic, metal),solvents, pressures, atmospheres (typically air for oxygen and waterinsensitive reactions or nitrogen or argon for oxygen or watersensitive), etc., are intended unless otherwise indicated. The knowledgeof similar reactions known in the art of organic synthesis are used inselecting the conditions and apparatus for “treating” in a givenprocess. In particular, one of ordinary skill in the art of organicsynthesis selects conditions and apparatus reasonably expected tosuccessfully carry out the chemical reactions of the described processesbased on the knowledge in the art.

Modifications of each of the exemplary schemes and in the examples(hereafter “exemplary schemes”) leads to various analogs of the specificexemplary materials produce. The above-cited citations describingsuitable methods of organic synthesis are applicable to suchmodifications.

In each of the exemplary schemes it may be advantageous to separatereaction products from one another and/or from starting materials. Thedesired products of each step or series of steps is separated and/orpurified (hereinafter separated) to the desired degree of homogeneity bythe techniques common in the art. Typically such separations involvemultiphase extraction, crystallization from a solvent or solventmixture, distillation, sublimation, or chromatography. Chromatographycan involve any number of methods including, for example: reverse-phaseand normal phase; size exclusion; ion exchange; high, medium, and lowpressure liquid chromatography methods and apparatus; small scaleanalytical; simulated moving bed (SMB) and preparative thin or thicklayer chromatography, as well as techniques of small scale thin layerand flash chromatography.

Another class of separation methods involves treatment of a mixture witha reagent selected to bind to or render otherwise separable a desiredproduct, unreacted starting material, reaction by product, or the like.Such reagents include adsorbents or absorbents such as activated carbon,molecular sieves, ion exchange media, or the like. Alternatively, thereagents can be acids in the case of a basic material, bases in the caseof an acidic material, binding reagents such as antibodies, bindingproteins, selective chelators such as crown ethers, liquid/liquid ionextraction reagents (LIX), or the like.

Selection of appropriate methods of separation depends on the nature ofthe materials involved. For example, boiling point, and molecular weightin distillation and sublimation, presence or absence of polar functionalgroups in chromatography, stability of materials in acidic and basicmedia in multiphase extraction, and the like. One skilled in the artwill apply techniques most likely to achieve the desired separation.

A single stereoisomer, e.g., an enantiomer, substantially free of itsstereoisomer may be obtained by resolution of the racemic mixture usinga method such as formation of diastereomers using optically activeresolving agents (Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, (1962) by E. L.Eliel, McGraw Hill; Lochmuller, C. H., (1975) J. Chromatogr., 113, 3)283-302). Racemic mixtures of chiral compounds of the invention can beseparated and isolated by any suitable method, including: (1) formationof ionic, diastereomeric salts with chiral compounds and separation byfractional crystallization or other methods, (2) formation ofdiastereomeric compounds with chiral derivatizing reagents, separationof the diastereomers, and conversion to the pure stereoisomers, and (3)separation of the substantially pure or enriched stereoisomers directlyunder chiral conditions.

Under method (1), diastereomeric salts can be formed by reaction ofenantiomerically pure chiral bases such as brucine, quinine, ephedrine,strychnine, α-methyl-β-phenylethylamine (amphetamine), and the like withasymmetric compounds bearing acidic functionality, such as carboxylicacid and sulfonic acid. The diastereomeric salts may be induced toseparate by fractional crystallization or ionic chromatography. Forseparation of the optical isomers of amino compounds, addition of chiralcarboxylic or sulfonic acids, such as camphorsulfonic acid, tartaricacid, mandelic acid, or lactic acid can result in formation of thediastereomeric salts.

Alternatively, by method (2), the substrate to be resolved is reactedwith one enantiomer of a chiral compound to form a diastereomeric pair(Eliel, E. and Wilen, S. (1994) Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., p. 322). Diastereomeric compounds can be formedby reacting asymmetric compounds with enantiomerically pure chiralderivatizing reagents, such as menthyl derivatives, followed byseparation of the diastereomers and hydrolysis to yield the free,enantiomerically enriched xanthene. A method of determining opticalpurity involves making chiral esters, such as a menthyl ester, e.g., (−)menthyl chloroformate in the presence of base, or Mosher ester,α-methoxy-α-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl acetate (Jacob III. (1982) J. Org.Chem. 47:4165), of the racemic mixture, and analyzing the NMR spectrumfor the presence of the two atropisomeric diastereomers. Stablediastereomers of atropisomeric compounds can be separated and isolatedby normal- and reverse-phase chromatography following methods forseparation of atropisomeric naphthyl-isoquinolines (Hoye, T., WO96/15111). By method (3), a racemic mixture of two enantiomers can beseparated by chromatography using a chiral stationary phase (ChiralLiquid Chromatography (1989) W. J. Lough, Ed. Chapman and Hall, NewYork; Okamoto, (1990) J. of Chromatogr. 513:375-378). Enriched orpurified enantiomers can be distinguished by methods used to distinguishother chiral molecules with asymmetric carbon atoms, such as opticalrotation and circular dichroism.

Specific Embodiments of the Invention

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is selected from A³.

wherein each L is independently CH or N; and wherein each Z¹ isoptionally substituted with one or more A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —S(═O), —S(═O)₂, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or—OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system wherein at least onering is aromatic, which ring system comprises one or more carbon atomsand optionally comprises one or more O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, —N═, or—N(A⁵)- in the ring system; wherein each A⁵ is independently A³ or thepoint of attachment to Z³; and wherein the ring system is optionallysubstituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q isa bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system wherein at least one ring is aromatic,which ring system comprises one or more carbon atoms and optionallycomprises one or more —N═ or —N(A⁵)- in the ring system, and which ringsystem is optionally substituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q isa bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system wherein both rings are aromatic, whichring system comprises one or more carbon atoms and optionally comprisesone or more —N═ in the ring system, and which ring system is optionallysubstituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q isa bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system wherein both rings are aromatic, whichring system comprises one or more carbon atoms and comprises 1, 2, 3, or4 —N═ in the ring system, and which ring system is optionallysubstituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q isa bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system wherein both rings are aromatic, whichring system comprises one or more carbon atoms and comprises 1 or 2 —N═in the ring system, and which ring system is optionally substituted onone or more carbon atoms with A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q isa 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl ring system that is optionally substitutedwith one or more A³.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is a group —Z³-Q, wherein:Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —S(═O), —S(═O)₂, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or—OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.3.0] ring system wherein at least onering is aromatic, which ring system comprises one or more carbon atomsand optionally comprises one or more O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, —N═, or—N(A⁵)- in the ring system; wherein each A⁵ is independently A³ or thepoint of attachment to Z³; and wherein the ring system is optionallysubstituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³. In one specificembodiment the invention Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, or —OC(═O)—. In onespecific embodiment the invention Z³ is a direct bond. In one specificembodiment the invention Z³ is —O—. In one specific embodiment theinvention Z³ is —C(═O)O—.

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is selected from:

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is selected from:

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is selected from:

In one specific embodiment the invention Z¹ is selected from:

In one specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formulaI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, —O(A²), trifluoromethoxy,        NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S((═O)NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered hetero cyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or        heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted        with one or more groups independently selected from halo,        hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or        S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) is optionally        substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, or NR_(w)R_(x);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl,        which is optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is        optionally substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I,        (C1-10)alkyl, or (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹ is        optionally substituted with R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   each R_(v) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, of XR³    -   each R_(w) and R_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w)        and R_(x) together with the nitrogen to which they are attached        form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine,        morpholine, or thiomorpholine ring which ring is optionally        substituted with hydroxy;    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, or N and        wherein any cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or        more (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, haloalkyl, F,        Cl, Br, or I; or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one        or more R¹, R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²), —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q¹ can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q¹ groups to form a ring;    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or more        halo, alkoxy, or cyano;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;        and    -   m is 0 to 6.

In one specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formulaI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, —O(A²), trifluoromethoxy,        NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or        heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted        with one or more groups independently selected from halo,        hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or        S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) is optionally        substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, or NR_(w)R_(x);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl,        which is optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is        optionally substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I,        (C1-10)alkyl, or (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹        is optionally substituted with R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   each R_(v) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³    -   each R_(w) and R_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w)        and R_(x) together with the nitrogen to which they are attached        form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine,        morpholine, or thiomorpholine ring which ring is optionally        substituted with hydroxy;    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, or N and        wherein any cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or        more (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, haloalkyl, F,        Cl, Br, or I; or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one        or more R¹, R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q groups to form a ring;    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo or cyano;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;        and    -   m is 0 to 6.

In one specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formulaI:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, trifluoromethoxy, NR_(s)R_(t),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), S(═O)—₂NR_(s)R_(t),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, which aryl or        heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more groups        independently selected from halo, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H or (C1-10)alkyl;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is optionally        substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I, (C1-10)alkyl, or        (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹        is optionally substituted with R⁴ or R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a)        taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S or N and wherein any        cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, F, Cl, Br, or I;        or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one or more R¹,        R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q groups to form a ring;    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl        is optionally substituted with one or more alkyl, halo, hydroxy,        cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy,        haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;        and    -   m is 0 to 6.

In one specific embodiment of the invention Z¹ is selected from thefollowing structures:

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z¹ is selected from thefollowing structures:

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(c) is a heteroaryl ringselected from:

which heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more(C1-10)alkyl, halo, or NR_(n)R_(p); wherein each R_(n) and R_(p) isindependently H or (C1-10alkyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(c) is selected from:

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(c) is selected from:

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(b) is H, F, Cl, Br, methylor trifluoromethyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(b) is H, F, Cl, methyl ortrifluoromethyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(a) is H, methoxy,trifluoromethoxy, chloro, N-(2-cyanoethyl)amino,N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-hydroxyethoxy,2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy, 2-amino-2-methylpropoxy,N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinocarbonylmethoxy,2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy, 2-morpholinoethoxy,cyclopropyloxy 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy or 2-(N,N-diemthylamino)ethoxy.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(a) is H, methoxy,trifluoromethoxy, chloro, N-(2-cyano ethyl)amino,N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-hydroxyethoxy,2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy, 2-amino-2-methylpropoxy,N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinocarbonylmethoxy,2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy, or 2-morpholinoethoxy.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z¹ is selected from thefollowing structures:

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z¹ is selected from thefollowing structures:

In a specific embodiment of the invention R_(c) is selected from:

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is aryl, heteroaryl, orcycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one to three A3.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is cyclopropyl whichR^(f) is optionally substituted by up to four A3.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is cyclopropyl whichR^(f) is optionally substituted by one A3.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionallysubstituted with one or more R_(g);

-   -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo or cyano; and    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl,alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionallysubstituted with one or more R_(g);

-   -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl        is optionally substituted with one or more alkyl, halo, hydroxy,        cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy,        haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl,2-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl,2-methylphenyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, or 1-methylcyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention f is cyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is 1-methylcyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formula Iwhich is a compound of formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:R_(j) is tert-butoxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyloxycarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl,1-methylcyclopropyloxycarbonyl,2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1-1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2-morpholino-1-1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofur-3-yloxycarbonyl,or

In a specific embodiment of the invention Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹ is optionally substitutedwith R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to which theyare attached form a heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally besubstituted with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³; each R_(c) is R⁴, H,cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t),SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r), S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy,cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionallysubstituted with one or more groups independently selected from halo,hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,(C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p);SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) isoptionally substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, orNR_(w)R_(x); R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, oraryl, which is optionally substituted with one or more halo; each R_(n)and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or more R⁴,halo, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p)together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form apyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl; each R_(s)and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A², (C1-10)alkoxy,(C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,(C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substitutedwith one or more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; orR_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are attachedform a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, orthiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of saidpyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or thiomorpholino ringis optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or C(═O) and; each R_(w) andR_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w) and R_(x) togetherwith the nitrogen to which they are attached form a azetidine,pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, or thiomorpholine ringwhich ring is optionally substituted with hydroxyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z is O; Y¹ is O; and one ofZ^(2a) or Z^(2b) is hydrogen.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Q¹ is vinyl, ethyl,cyanomethyl, propyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, or 2-cyanoethyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken togetherwith the atoms to which they are attached form a 12-18 memberedheterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted with one ormore oxo (═O) or A³.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Q¹ is H.

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formula Iwhich is a compound of formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formula Iwhich is a compound of formula (IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z^(2a) is tert-butyl,1-methylcyclohexyl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, 1-methylcyclohexyl,4,4-difluorocyclohexyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-trifluoromethylethyl, orcyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formula I,or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof,

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, trifluoromethoxy, NR_(s)R_(t),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), S(═O)—₂NR_(s)R_(t),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, which aryl or        heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more groups        independently selected from halo, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H or (C1-10)alkyl;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10) alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is optionally        substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I, (C1-10)alkyl, or        (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹        is optionally substituted with R⁴ or R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a)        taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S or N and wherein any        cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, F, Cl, Br, or I;        or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one or more R¹,        R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q¹ can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q¹ groups to form a ring;    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl        is optionally substituted with one or more alkyl, halo, hydroxy,        cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy,        haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;        and        m is 0 to 6.

In a specific embodiment of the invention X is O, S, or NR³.

In a specific embodiment of the invention X is O.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a polycarbocycle.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is polyheterocycle.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a fused carbocyclic ringsystem.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a fused heterocyclic ringsystem.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a fused carbocyclic ringsystem comprising one or more double bonds.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a fused heterocyclic ringsystem comprising one or more double bonds.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a bridged carbocyclicring system.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a bridged heterocyclicring system.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a bridged carbocyclicring system comprising one or more double bonds.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is a bridged heterocyclicring system comprising one or more double bonds.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y comprises a bridged ringsystem

selected from:wherein one or more carbon atoms in the bridged ring system isoptionally replaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x);wherein each R_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or(C1-10)alkoxy, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and (C1-10)alkoxy is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo; and wherein the ring systemoptionally comprises one or more double bonds. In a specific embodimentof the invention the ring system comprises one or more double bonds. Ina specific embodiment of the invention one or more carbon atoms in thebridged ring system is replaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), orNR_(x); wherein each R_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p),S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and (C1-10)alkoxy is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y comprises a fused ringsystem selected from:

wherein one or more carbon atoms in the fused ring system is optionallyreplaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x); wherein eachR_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, whereineach (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and(C1-10)alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo; andwherein the ring system optionally comprises one or more double bonds.In a specific embodiment of the invention one or more carbon atoms inthe fused ring system is replaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x),or NR_(x); wherein each R_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p),S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and (C1-10)alkoxy is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Y is selected from:

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound of formula(V):

wherein Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   Q¹ is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl is optionally        substituted with one or more R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O) or halo;    -   R² is —C(═O)—X—Y;    -   X is a bond, O, S, or NH;    -   Y⁴ is (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, heterocycle,        polycarbocycle, or polyheterocycle, which (C2-10)alkyl,        (C3-7)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, polycarbocycle, or        polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        (C1-10)alkyl, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        trifluoromethyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(c) cyano, F, Cl, Br, S(O)₂R_(r), (C1-10)alkoxy, or        cycloalkyl;    -   each R_(d) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl, which is        optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo, alkoxy, or cyano;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more halo, hydroxy, carboxy,        cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together with the        nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; and    -   each R_(r) is independently (C1-10)alkyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention X is a bond; and Y⁴ ispyrrol-1-yl, morpholino, or (C2-10)alkyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R² is pyrrol-1-ylcarbonyl,morpholinocarbonyl, or 3,3-dimethylbutanoyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention X is O; and Y⁴ is tert-butyl,cyclopentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopropyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,isopropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclobutyl or

which Y⁴ is optionally substituted with one or more (C1-10)alkyl, halo,(C1-10)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or NR_(n)R_(p).

In a specific embodiment of the invention R² is tert-butoxycarbonyl,cyclopentoxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy,1-methylcyclopropyloxycarbonyl,2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2-morpholino-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl,isopropoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxy-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl,cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, 1-methylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl, and

In a specific embodiment of the invention X is NH; and Y⁴ (C2-10)alkylthat is optionally substituted with one or more halo.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R² is tert-butylaminocarbonyl,or 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethylaminocarbonyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is alkyl, aryl,cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or more R_(g)independently selected from alkyl, halo, —C(═O)OR_(d), ortrifluoromethyl, wherein each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substitutedwith one or more halo, alkoxy, or cyano.

In a specific embodiment of the invention R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl,2-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl,2-methylphenyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-isopropylcyclopropyl,1-propylcyclopropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl,1-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclopropyl, 1-ethylcyclopropyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyl, 1-(methoxymethyl)cyclopropyl,1-(2-cyanoethyl)cyclopropyl, or 1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Q¹ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,vinyl, cyanomethyl, propyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2-cyanoethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, or cyclopropyl.

In a specific embodiment of the invention Z^(2a) is selected fromtert-butyl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, 1-methylcyclohexyl,4,4-difluorocyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclopropyl, and

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound selectedfrom:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

In a specific embodiment the invention provides a compound selectedfrom:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude the compound:

as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula III wherein Z¹ is hydrogen.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula III wherein Z¹ is hydrogen or alkyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula III wherein R^(f) is phenethyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula III wherein R^(f) is phenethyl, benzyl, or 3-phenylpropyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein Z¹ is hydrogen.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein Z¹ is hydrogen or alkyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein R^(f) is phenethyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein R^(f) is phenethyl, benzyl, or 3-phenylpropyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein R^(f) is aryl optionally substituted with one or morealkyl.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein Z¹ is —O(C═O)—N(R₁)(R₂) wherein R₁ is H, alkyl,alkenyl, or aryl, all of which are optionally substituted with halo,cyano, nitro, alkoxy, amido, amino, or phenyl; and R₂ is (i) alkyl;alkyl substituted with carboxy(alkyl); cycloalkyl; cycloalkyl(aryl);alkenyl; alkyl(aryl); all of which may be substituted from one to threetimes with halo, alkyl, or alkoxy; or R₂ is heterocycle which may besubstituted from one to three times with halo, alkyl, alkyl(carboxy orphenyl; or (ii) aryl, which may be substituted from one to three timeswith halo; alkyl, which may itself be substituted with one to threehalo; alkoxy; nitro; thio(alkyl); phenyl; alkanoyl; benzoyl; benzoyloxime; carboxy; carboxy (alkyl); (alkyl) carboxy; phenoxy; (alkyl)carboxy(alkyl) or aryl, which may be substitutes with heterocycle, whichheterocycle includes one to three nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms andwhich heterocycle itself may be substituted with alkyl, alkoxy,trifluoromethyl, or alkyl (carboxy); or R₁ and R₂ may join to form a 5or 6 membered heterocycle, or join to form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclefused with one or two aryl groups.

In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention exclude compounds offormula I wherein Z¹ is linked to the remainder of formula I through theoxygen of a —O(C═O)—N linkage.

The invention also includes the following Specific Embodiments 1-79.

Specific Embodiment 1. In one specific embodiment the invention providesa compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A³;    -   R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z¹ is an organic group having a three dimensional shape that        will fit the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serine protease        domain;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is A³; or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to        which they are attached form a heterocycle, which heterocycle        may optionally be substituted with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or        A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, or N and        wherein any cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or        more (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, haloalkyl, F,        Cl, Br, or I; or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one        or more R¹, R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q¹ can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q¹ groups to form a ring; and    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³.    -   R^(f) is A³; and    -   m is 0 to 6;    -   provided the compound of formula I is not the compound:

Specific Embodiment 2. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is an organic group that has favorable interations with one or moreresidues corresponding to Histidine 57, Aspartic acid 81, Arginine 155,and Aspartic acid 168 of the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serineprotease domain.

Specific Embodiment 3. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is an organic group that has favorable interations with one or moreresidues corresponding to Tyrosine 56, Valine 78, and Aspartic acid 79of the extended S2 region of the HCV NS3 serine protease domain.

Specific Embodiment 4. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is A³.

Specific Embodiment 5. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is selected from:

wherein each L is independently CH or N; and wherein each Z¹ isoptionally substituted with one or more A³.

Specific Embodiment 6. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —S(═O),—S(═O)₂, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0]ring system wherein at least one ring is aromatic, which ring systemcomprises one or more carbon atoms and optionally comprises one or moreO, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, —N═, or —N(A⁵)- in the ring system; wherein each A⁵is independently A³ or the point of attachment to Z³; and wherein thering system is optionally substituted on one or more carbon atoms withA³.

Specific Embodiment 7. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—,—C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system whereinat least one ring is aromatic, which ring system comprises one or morecarbon atoms and optionally comprises one or more —N═ or —N(A⁵)- in thering system, and which ring system is optionally substituted on one ormore carbon atoms with A³.

Specific Embodiment 8. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—,—C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system whereinboth rings are aromatic, which ring system comprises one or more carbonatoms and optionally comprises one or more —N═ in the ring system, andwhich ring system is optionally substituted on one or more carbon atomswith A³.

Specific Embodiment 9. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—,—C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system whereinboth rings are aromatic, which ring system comprises one or more carbonatoms and comprises 1, 2, 3, or 4 —N═ in the ring system, and which ringsystem is optionally substituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

Specific Embodiment 10. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—,—C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.4.0] ring system whereinboth rings are aromatic, which ring system comprises one or more carbonatoms and comprises 1 or 2 —N═ in the ring system, and which ring systemis optionally substituted on one or more carbon atoms with A³.

Specific Embodiment 11. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—,—C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl ring systemthat is optionally substituted with one or more A³.

Specific Embodiment 12. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is a group —Z³-Q, wherein: Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, —S—, —S(═O),—S(═O)₂, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, or —OC(═O)—; and Q is a bicyclic [4.3.0]ring system wherein at least one ring is aromatic, which ring systemcomprises one or more carbon atoms and optionally comprises one or moreO, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, —N═, or —N(A⁵)- in the ring system; wherein each A⁵is independently A³ or the point of attachment to Z³; and wherein thering system is optionally substituted on one or more carbon atoms withA³.

Specific Embodiment 13. The compound of any one of specific embodiments6-12 wherein Z³ is a direct bond, —O—, or —OC(═O)—.

Specific Embodiment 14. The compound of any one of specific embodiments6-12 wherein Z³ is a direct bond.

Specific Embodiment 15. The compound of any one of specific embodiments6-12 wherein Z³ is —O—.

Specific Embodiment 16. The compound of any one of specific embodiments6-12 wherein Z³ is —C(═O)O—.

Specific Embodiment 17. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein Z¹ is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 18. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein Z¹ is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 19. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein Z¹ is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 20. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 21. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   wherein:    -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, —O(A²), trifluoromethoxy,        NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or        heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted        with one or more groups independently selected from halo,        hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or        S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) is optionally        substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, or NR_(w)R_(x);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl,        which is optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is        optionally substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I,        (C1-10)alkyl, or (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   each R_(v) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³    -   each R_(w) and R_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w)        and R_(x) together with the nitrogen to which they are attached        form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine,        morpholine, or thiomorpholine ring which ring is optionally        substituted with hydroxy;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or more        halo, alkoxy, or cyano; and    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl.

Specific Embodiment 22. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein:

-   -   Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, —O(A²), trifluoromethoxy,        NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or        (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂ or        NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally substituted with one        or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p), C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p),        (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, heteroaryl,        or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken together with the        atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered        heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or        heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted        with one or more groups independently selected from halo,        hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or        S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) is optionally        substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, or NR_(w)R_(x);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl,        which is optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is        optionally substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I,        (C1-10)alkyl, or (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   each R_(v) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³    -   each R_(w) and R_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w)        and R_(x) together with the nitrogen to which they are attached        form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine,        morpholine, or thiomorpholine ring which ring is optionally        substituted with hydroxy;    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo or cyano; and    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl.

Specific Embodiment 23. The compound of formula (I) as described inspecific embodiment 21 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrugthereof, wherein Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

Specific Embodiment 24. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is selected from the following structures:

Specific Embodiment 25. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein R_(c) is a heteroaryl ring selected from:

which heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more(C1-10)alkyl, halo, or NR_(n)R_(p); wherein each R_(n) and R_(p) isindependently H or (C1-10)alkyl.

Specific Embodiment 26. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein each R_(c) is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 27. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein each R_(c) is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 28. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein R_(b) is H, F, Cl, Br, methyl or trifluoromethyl.

Specific Embodiment 29. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein R_(b) is H, F, Cl, methyl or trifluoromethyl.

Specific Embodiment 30. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein R_(a) is H, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloro,N-(2-cyanoethyl)amino, N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino, 2-methoxyethoxy,2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy, 2-amino-2-methylpropoxy,N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinocarbonylmethoxy,2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy, 2-morpholinoethoxy,cyclopropyloxy 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy or 2-(N,N-diemthylamino)ethoxy.

Specific Embodiment 31. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein R_(a) is H, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloro,N-(2-cyanoethyl)amino, N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino, 2-methoxyethoxy,2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy, 2-amino-2-methylpropoxy,N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinocarbonylmethoxy,2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy, or 2-morpholinoethoxy.

Specific Embodiment 32. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is selected from the following structures:

Specific Embodiment 33. The compound of specific embodiment 1 wherein Z¹is selected from the following structures:

Specific Embodiment 34. The compound of any one of specific embodiments21-23 wherein each R_(c) is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 35. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl, which R^(f) isoptionally substituted with one to three A³.

Specific Embodiment 36. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is cyclopropyl which R^(f) is optionally substitutedby up to four A³.

Specific Embodiment 37. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is cyclopropyl which R^(f) is optionally substitutedby one A³.

Specific Embodiment 38. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, orcycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or moreR_(g);

-   -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo or cyano;    -   each R_(d) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl, which is        optionally substituted with one or more halo; and    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl.

Specific Embodiment 39. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, orcycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or moreR_(g);

-   -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl        is optionally substituted with one or more alkyl, halo, hydroxy,        cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy,        haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; and    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl.

Specific Embodiment 40. The compound of The compound of any one ofspecific embodiments 1-34 wherein R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl,2-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl,2-methylphenyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, or 1-methylcyclopropyl.

Specific Embodiment 41. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-34 wherein R^(f) is cyclopropyl.

Specific Embodiment 42. The compound of specific embodiment 2 whereinR^(f) is 1-methylcyclopropyl.

Specific Embodiment 43. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-42 which is a compound of formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof, wherein:R_(j) is tert-butoxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyloxycarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl,1-methylcyclopropyloxycarbonyl,2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1-1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2-morpholino-1-1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofur-3-yloxycarbonyl,or

Specific Embodiment 44. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 wherein:

-   -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹        is optionally substituted with R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or        heteroaryl, which aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted        with one or more groups independently selected from halo,        hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or        S(O)₂R_(r); wherein any (C1-10)alkoxy of R_(c) is optionally        substituted with one or more halo, (C1-6)alkoxy, or NR_(w)R_(x);    -   R_(d) and F_(e) are each independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl,        which is optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl; or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O) and;    -   each R_(w) and R_(x) is independently H or (C1-10)alkyl or R_(w)        and R_(x) together with the nitrogen to which they are attached        form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine,        morpholine, or thiomorpholine ring which ring is optionally        substituted with hydroxyl.

Specific Embodiment 45. The compound of specific embodiment 43 wherein Zis O; Y¹ is O; and one of Z^(2a) or Z^(2b) is hydrogen.

Specific Embodiment 46. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 wherein Q¹ is vinyl, ethyl, cyanomethyl, propyl, 2-fluoroethyl,2,2-difluoroethyl, or 2-cyanoethyl.

Specific Embodiment 47. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 wherein Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to which theyare attached form a 12-18 membered heterocycle, which heterocycle mayoptionally be substituted with one or more oxo (═O) or A³.

Specific Embodiment 48. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 which is a compound of formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

Specific Embodiment 49. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 which is a compound of formula (IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof.

Specific Embodiment 50. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-43 wherein Z^(2a) is tert-butyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl,tetrahydropyran-4-yl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1-trifluoromethylethyl, or cyclopropyl.

Specific Embodiment 51. The compound of specific embodiment 1 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof,

wherein:

-   -   R¹ is independently selected from H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,        aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, halogen, haloalkyl,        alkylsulfonamido, arylsulfonamido, —C(O)NHS(O)₂—, or —S(O)₂—,        optionally substituted with one or more A R² is selected from,    -   a) —C(Y¹)(A³),    -   b) (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or        (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, where said cycloalkyl and        alkyl-cycloalkyl may be optionally mono-, di- or tri-substituted        with (C1-3)alkyl, or        -   where said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may            optionally be mono- or di-substituted with substituents            selected from hydroxy and O—(C1-4)alkyl, or        -   where each of said alkyl-groups may optionally be mono-, di-            or tri-substituted with halogen, or        -   where each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or            7-membered, one or two —CH₂— groups not being directly            linked to each other may be optionally replaced by —O— such            that the O-atom is linked to the N atom to which R² is            attached via at least two C-atoms,    -   c) phenyl, (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl, heteroaryl or        (C1-3)alkyl-heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl-groups are 5- or 6-membered having            from 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein            said phenyl and heteroaryl groups may optionally be mono-,            di- or trisubstituted with substituents selected from            halogen, —OH, (C1-4)alkyl, O—(C1-4)alkyl, S—(C1-4)alkyl,            —NH₂, —CF₃, —NH((C1-4)alkyl) and —N((C1-4)alkyl)₂, —CONH₂            and —CONH—(C1-4)alkyl; and wherein said (C1-3)alkyl may            optionally be substituted with one or more halogen;    -   d) —S(O)₂(A³); or    -   e) —C(Y¹)—X—Y;    -   R³ is H or (C1-6)alkyl;    -   Y¹ is independently O, S, N(A³), N(O)(A³), N(OA³), N(O)(OA³) or        N(N(A³)(A³));    -   Z is O, S, or NR³;    -   Z is selected from the following structures:

-   -   each R_(a) is R⁴, H, halo, trifluoromethoxy, NR_(s)R_(t),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),    -   S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t) or (C1-10)alkyl, wherein one or more carbon        atoms of said (C1-10)alkyl is optionally replaced by O, S,        S(═O), S(═O)₂ or NR_(k) and which (C1-10)alkyl is optionally        substituted with one or more hydroxy, halo, cyano, NR_(n)R_(p),        C(═O)NR_(n)R_(p), (C1-10)alkoxy, carboxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R_(a) and R_(b) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5 or 6        membered heterocyclic ring containing one or more O, S, or        NR_(k);    -   each R_(b) is R⁴, H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF₃, (C1-10)alkyl, or XR³;    -   each R_(c) is R⁴, H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), NR_(s)R_(t), S(═O)—₂NR_(s)R_(t),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, which aryl or        heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more groups        independently selected from halo, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p); SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   R_(d) and R_(e) are each independently H or (C1-10)alkyl;    -   each R_(y) is H, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(k) is H, NR_(s)R_(t), C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t),        S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t), A², hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(u) is H, A³, C(═O)NR_(s)R_(t), or S(═O)₂NR_(s)R_(t);    -   each R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),        (C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is optionally        substituted with one or more F, Cl, Br, I, (C1-10)alkyl, or        (C1-10)alkoxy;    -   each L is independently CH or N;    -   one of E or D is O S, or NR_(y) and the other E or D is CR_(u)        or N;    -   Z^(2b) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl;    -   Q¹ is (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which Q¹        is optionally substituted with R⁴ or R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a)        taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O), R⁴, or A³;    -   each X is independently a bond, O, S, or NR³;    -   Y is a polycarbocycle or a polyheterocycle, which polycarbocycle        or a polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        R⁴, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r),        S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R⁴ is independently —P(Y³)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —P(Y³)(A²)(OA²), —P(Y³)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y³)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂);    -   each Y³ is independently O, S, or NR³;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more R⁴, halo, hydroxy,        carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together        with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring;    -   each R_(r) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,        (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl;    -   each R_(s) and R_(t) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(═O)₂A²,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        which (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or        (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or        more R⁴, halo hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or        R_(s) and R_(t) together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached form a pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino,        or thiomorpholino ring wherein one or more carbon atoms of said        pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, morpholino or        thiomorpholino ring is optionally replaced by S(═O), S(═O)₂, or        C(═O);    -   Z^(2a) is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,        haloalkyl, (C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl,        wherein any carbon atom of Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced        with a heteroatom selected from O, S or N and wherein any        cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, F, Cl, Br, or I;        or Z^(2a) optionally forms a heterocycle with one or more R¹,        R², Q¹, or A³;    -   A³ is independently selected from PRT, H, —OH, —C(O)OH, cyano,        alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, amido, imido, imino, halogen,        CF₃, CH₂CF₃, cycloalkyl, nitro, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy,        heterocycle, —C(A²)₃, —C(A²)₂-C(O)A², —C(O)A², —C(O)OA², —O(A²),        —N(A²)₂, —S(A²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —CH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),        —OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²), —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂),        —CH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —CH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —C(O)OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —OCH₂P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂),        —(CH₂)_(m)-heterocycle, —(CH₂)_(m)C(O)Oalkyl,        —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—Oalkyl, —O—(CH₂)_(r)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,        —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,        —N(H)C(Me)C(O)O-alkyl, SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), S(O)₂R_(r), or alkoxy        arylsulfonamide,        -   wherein each A³ may be optionally substituted with        -   1 to 4        -   —R¹, —P(Y¹)(OA²)(OA²), —P(Y¹)(OA²)(N(A²)₂), —P(Y¹)(A²)(OA²),            —P(Y¹)(A²)(N(A²)₂), or P(Y¹)(N(A²)₂)(N(A²)₂), —C(═O)N(A²)₂),            halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocycle,            heterocycle, aralkyl, aryl sulfonamide, aryl            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy sulfonamide, aryloxy            alkylsulfonamide, aryloxy arylsulfonamide, alkyl            sulfonamide, alkyloxy sulfonamide, alkyloxy            alkylsulfonamide, arylthio, —(CH₂)_(m)heterocycle,            —(CH₂)_(m)—C(O)O-alkyl, —O(CH₂)_(m)OC(O)Oalkyl,            —O—(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—(CH₂)_(m)-alkyl,            —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)—O—C(O)—O-cycloalkyl,            —N(H)C(CH₃)C(O)O-alkyl, or alkoxy arylsulfonamide,            optionally substituted with R¹;    -   optionally each independent instance of A³ and Q¹ can be taken        together with one or more A³ or Q¹ groups to form a ring;    -   A² is independently selected from PRT, H, alkyl, alkenyl,        alkynyl, amino, amino acid, alkoxy, aryloxy, cyano, haloalkyl,        cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, alkylsulfonamide, or        arylsulfonamide, wherein each A² is optionally substituted with        A³    -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl        is optionally substituted with one or more alkyl, halo, hydroxy,        cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy,        haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;        and        m is 0 to 6.

Specific Embodiment 52. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-51 wherein X is O, S, or NR³.

Specific Embodiment. 53. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-51 wherein X is O.

Specific Embodiment 54. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a polycarbocycle.

Specific Embodiment 55. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is polyheterocycle.

Specific Embodiment 56. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a fused carbocyclic ring system.

Specific Embodiment 57. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a fused heterocyclic ring system.

Specific Embodiment 58. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a fused carbocyclic ring system comprising one or moredouble bonds.

Specific Embodiment 59. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a fused heterocyclic ring system comprising one ormore double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 60. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a bridged carbocyclic ring system.

Specific Embodiment 61. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a bridged heterocyclic ring system.

Specific Embodiment 62. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a bridged carbocyclic ring system comprising one ormore double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 63. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is a bridged heterocyclic ring system comprising one ormore double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 64. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y comprises a bridged ring system selected from:

wherein one or more carbon atoms in the bridged ring system isoptionally replaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x);wherein each R_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or(C1-10)alkoxy, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and (C1-10)alkoxy is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo; and wherein the ring systemoptionally comprises one or more double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 65. The compound of specific embodiment 64 whereinthe ring system comprises one or more double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 66. The compound of specific embodiment 64 whereinone or more carbon atoms in the bridged ring system is replaced with O,S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x); wherein each R_(x) isindependently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, whereineach (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and(C1-10)alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo.

Specific Embodiment 67. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y comprises a fused ring system selected from:

wherein one or more carbon atoms in the fused ring system is optionallyreplaced with O, S, S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x); wherein eachR_(x) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, whereineach (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and(C1-10)alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo; andwherein the ring system optionally comprises one or more double bonds.

Specific Embodiment 68. The compound of specific embodiment 67 whereinone or more carbon atoms in the fused ring system is replaced with O, S,S(O), S(O)₂, N⁺(O⁻)R_(x), or NR_(x); wherein each R_(x) is independentlyH, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,S(O)₂NR_(n)R_(p), S(O)₂R_(x), or (C1-10)alkoxy, wherein each(C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, and(C1-10)alkoxy is optionally substituted with one or more halo.

Specific Embodiment 69. The compound of any one of specific embodiments1-53 wherein Y is selected from:

Specific Embodiment 70. The compound of specific embodiment 1 which is acompound of formula (V):

wherein Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

-   -   R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or        cycloalkyl, which R^(f) is optionally substituted with one or        more R_(g);    -   Q¹ is H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl is optionally        substituted with one or more R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken        together with the atoms to which they are attached form a        heterocycle, which heterocycle may optionally be substituted        with one or more oxo (═O) or halo;    -   R² is —C(═O)—X—Y⁴;    -   X is a bond O, S, or NH;    -   Y⁴ is (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, heterocycle,        polycarbocycle, or polyheterocycle, which (C2-10)alkyl,        (C3-7)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, polycarbocycle, or        polyheterocycle is optionally substituted with one or more        (C1-10)alkyl, halo, carboxy, hydroxy, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl,        trifluoromethyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r);    -   each R_(c) cyano, F, Cl, Br, S(O)₂R_(r), (C1-10)alkoxy, or        cycloalkyl;    -   each R_(d) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl, which is        optionally substituted with one or more halo;    -   each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halo,        hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy,        NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each        aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more        alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy,        alkoxycarbonyl, alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein        each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substituted with one or motr        halo, alkoxy, or cyano;    -   each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;    -   each R_(n) and R_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl,        (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy,        (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, which        (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl,        (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is        optionally substituted with one or more halo, hydroxy, carboxy,        cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) together with the        nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,        piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; and    -   each R_(r) is independently (C1-10)alkyl.

Specific Embodiment 71. The compound of specific embodiment 70 wherein:X is a bond; and Y⁴ is pyrrol-1-yl, morpholino, or (C2-10)alkyl.

Specific Embodiment 72. The compound of specific embodiment 70 whereinR² is pyrrol-1-ylcarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, or 3,3-dimethylbutanoyl.

Specific Embodiment 73. The compound of specific embodiment 70 wherein:X is O; and Y⁴ is tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl,cyclopropyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, isopropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl,cyclobutyl or

which Y⁴ is optionally substituted with one or more (C1-10)alkyl, halo,(C1-10)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or NR_(n)R_(p).

Specific Embodiment 74. The compound of specific embodiment 70 whereinR² is tert-butoxycarbonyl, cyclopentoxycarbonyl,1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 1-methylcyclopropyloxycarbonyl,2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2-morpholino-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl,isopropoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxy-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl,cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, 1-methylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl, and

Specific Embodiment 75. The compound of specific embodiment 70 wherein:X is NH; and Y⁴ (C2-10)alkyl that is optionally substituted with one ormore halo.

Specific Embodiment 76. The compound of specific embodiment 70 whereinR² is tert-butylaminocarbonyl, or1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethylaminocarbonyl.

Specific Embodiment 77. The compound of any one of specific embodiments70-76 wherein: R^(f) is alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, which R^(f) isoptionally substituted with one or more R^(g) independently selectedfrom alkyl, halo, —C(═O)OR_(d), or trifluoromethyl, wherein each alkylof R^(g) is optionally substituted with one or more halo, alkoxy, orcyano.

Specific Embodiment 78. The compound of any one of specific embodiments70-76 wherein: R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl, 2-fluorophenyl,4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2-methylphenyl,2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl,1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-isopropylcyclopropyl, 1-propylcyclopropyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclopropyl,1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyl,1-(methoxymethyl)cyclopropyl, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)cyclopropyl, or1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclopropyl.

Specific Embodiment 79. The compound of any one of specific embodiments70-78 wherein: Q¹ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, cyanomethyl,propyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-methoxyethyl,2-methylsulfonylethyl, or cyclopropyl.

SCHEMES AND EXAMPLES

General aspects of these exemplary methods are described below and inthe Examples. Each of the products of the following processes isoptionally separated, isolated, and/or purified prior to its use insubsequent processes.

A number of exemplary methods for the preparation of compounds of theinvention are provided herein, for example, in the Examples hereinbelow.These methods are intended to illustrate the nature of such preparationsare not intended to limit the scope of applicable methods. Certaincompounds of the invention can be used as intermediates for thepreparation of other compounds of the invention.

EXAMPLES Example 1

A three necked round bottom equipped with a reflux condensor was chargedwith chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (5.25 ml, 0.06 mol) and cooled to 0° C.Formic acid (2.25 mL, 0.06 mol) was added dropwise with rapid stirringwith rapid gas evolution observed. Upon complete addition of formicacid, the reaction was let warm to room temperature. After 2 h, theresultant reaction vessel containing the solid sulfamoyl chloride wascooled to 0° C. and phenol (1.88 g, 0.02 mol) dissolved in NMP (25 mL)was added dropwise via an addition funnel. The reaction was let warm toroom temperature. After 3 h stirring, the reaction mixture was pouredinto cold saturated aqueous NaCl (120 mL) and extracted with EtOAc.After removal of the separated organic solvent, the crude product waspurified by column chromatography on silica (35% EtOAc/hexane) toprovide sulfamic acid phenyl ester (2.8 g, 81%): LCMS found 173.9[M+H]⁺.

N-t-Boc-cis-4-hydroxy-L-proline methyl ester (100.0 g, 407.7 mmol) andDABCO (1.5 eq, 68.6 g, 611.6 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene(200 mL) in a 2 L three necked round bottom flask. It was equipped witha mechanical stirrer and an addition funnel. After cooling the solutionto 0° C. under nitrogen, 4-bromo-benzenesulfonyl chloride (1.3 eq, 135.6g, 530.0 mmol) dissolved in 300 mL of toluene was added through additionfunnel over a period of in 60 minutes. The reaction solution was stirredand warmed to room temperature overnight. The mixture was slowly pouredinto 2 L 1M Na₂CO₃ (aq.), and was extracted with EtOAc (2 L). Theorganic phase was washed by 0.5N HCl (2 L), H₂O (1 L) and brine (1 L).It was then dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give a yellow oilyproduct.

The brosylate (407.7 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (300 mL).4.0 M HCl in dioxane (500 mL) was added to the reaction solution slowlyand the reaction solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2hours at which point ether (500 mL) was added and the reaction stirredfor 15 min. The resultant white precipitate was collected by filtration.The solid was washed with ether and hexane and dried under vacuum. Itafforded 153.0 g of HCl amine salt (381.8 mmol, 94% over two steps).

To a solution of Boc-tert-butyl-glycine (97.0 g, 420.0 mmol) in DMF (200mL) and DCM (200 mL) were added HATU (217.76 g, 572.7 mmol) and DIPEA(126 mL, 1145.4 mmol) at room temperature. After the mixture was stirredfor 20 min at room temperature, a solution of the previous HCl salt(153.0 g, 381.8 mmol) and Hunig's base (126 mL, 1145.4 mmol) in DMF (200ml) and dichloromethane (200 mL) was added to the above acid mixture inone portion. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3h, with monitoring by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated toremove dichloromethane under reduced pressure and the white solid thatformed was filtered off. The remaining DMF solution was diluted withethyl acetate (1 L), washed successively with 3% LiCl (aq) (3×650 mL),saturated NH₄Cl (2×500 mL), 0.5N HCl (aq) (2×600 mL), brine (500 mL),saturated NaHCO₃ (3×500 mL), and brine (500 mL). The resulting organicfraction was dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to afford crude dipeptide(111 g).

To a solution of the methyl ester (120 g, 207.8 mmol) in THF (300 mL),MeOH (75 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (26.18 g, 623.4 mmol) in H₂O(150 mL). The solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4hours. The mixture was cooled in an ice-bath while acidifying with 3NHCl to pH 5.5, stirred for 10 min, and the resulting white solids werecollected by filtration. The solids were washed with more water, etherand hexane. The solids were dried under vacuum at 40° C. overnight togive 95.78 g (82%) of the acid.

To a solution of the carboxylic acid (81.4 g, 144.27 mmol) in DMF (200mL) and dichloromethane (200 mL) was added HATU (82.3 g, 216.4 mmol) andDIPEA base (47.5 mL, 432.8 mmol) at room temperature. After the mixturewas stirred for 20 min at room temperature, a solution of1-amino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (158.7 mmol)and Hunig's base (47.5 mL, 1145.4 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) anddichloromethane (200 mL) was added to the above acid mixture in oneportion. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hand monitored by LCMS. After the mixture was concentrated under reducedpressure to remove dichloromethane, the white solids that formed werefiltered off. The remaining DMF solution was diluted with ethyl acetate(600 mL) and successively washed with 3% LiCl (aq) (2×550 mL), saturatedNH₄Cl (500 mL), 1N HCl (aq) (500 mL), saturated NaHCO₃ (500 mL), andbrine (300 mL). The resulting organic fraction was dried (Na₂SO₄) andconcentrated to afford crude tripeptide1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (111 g). LCMS found 685.6 [M+H]⁺.

2-(2-(Isopropylamino)thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxyquinolin-4-ol (1.72 g, 5.46mmol) was dissolved in NMP (10 mL) and treated with Cs₂CO₃ (2.54 g, 7.80mmol) followed by the addition of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (3.0 g, 4.29 mmol) in NMP (7 mL). The reaction mixturewas heated to 60° C. for 14 h after which the reaction was cooled toroom temperature and diluted with aqueous 5% LiCl. The solution wasextracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried oversodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purifiedby column chromatography on silica (75-95% EtOAc/hexane) to provide thearyl ether (2.8 g, 86%). LCMS found 765.2 [M+H]⁺.

The methyl ester (200 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in THF/MeOH (3:1, 2mL) and treated with LiOH dissolved in H₂O (0.5 mL). The reaction wasjudged complete by complete consumption of starting material,approximately 2 h at which time the reaction was diluted with H₂O,acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. The solution was extracted with EtOAc,washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude product (198 mg,) was used directly in thenext reaction. LCMS found 731.2 [M+H]⁺.

The acid (385 mg, 0.51 mmol), sulfamic acid phenyl ester (355 mg, 2.05mmol), and HATU (214 mg, 0.56 mmol) were combined in DMF (5.1 mL) andtreated with iPr₂NEt (0.47 mL, 2.56 mmol), DMAP (251 mg, 2.05 mmol) andDBU (0.38 mL, 2.56 mmol). After stirring for 3 h at room temperature,the reaction was diluted with H₂O. The solution was extracted withEtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and dried over sodiumsulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified byreverse phase column chromatography on C18 (30-95% MeOH/H2O-1% AcOH) toprovide the desired product Compound 1 (160 mg, 35%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz) δ 9.18 (s, 1H), 8.24 (d, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.43(m, 6H), 5.78 (m, 2H), 5.35 (d, 1H), 5.21 (d, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.16(m, 3H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.85 (dd, 1H), 1.97(dd, 1H), 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.33 (d, 6H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.00 (s, 9H); LCMSfound 906.04 [M+H]⁺.

Example 2

1-({1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (1.09 g, 1.40 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl indioxanes (11 mL) and reacted at room temperature for 1 h. Solvents wereremoved and the crude residue dried. To the resultant solid was addedsuccinimidyl-cyclopentylcarbonate (340 mg, 1.50 mmol), THF/H₂O (6:1, 5.7mL), and triethylamine (0.2 mL, 1.50 mmol). After stirring for 6 h atroom temperature, the reaction was quenched with 0.5N aqueous HCl. Thesolution was extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl,and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crudeproduct was purified by column chromatography on silica (5-10%MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to provide the cyclopentylcarbamate (0.705 g, 64%).

The methyl ester (300 mg, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in THF/MeOH (3:1, 3.2mL) and treated with LiOH dissolved in H₂O (0.8 mL). The reaction wasjudged complete by complete consumption of starting material,approximately 2 h at which time the reaction was diluted with H₂O,acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. The solution was extracted with EtOAc,washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude product was used directly in the nextreaction.

The acid (45 mg, 0.06 mmol), sulfamic acid phenyl ester (41 mg, 0.24mmol) and HATU (25 mg, 0.07 mmol) were combined in DMF (0.6 mL) to whichiPr₂NEt (21 μL, 0.12 mmol) was added. After stirring 30 min at roomtemperature, DBU (36 μL, 0.24 mmol) was added and reacted for 14 h atroom temperature. The crude reaction mixture was treated with H₂O toreconvert any remaining oxazolone intermediate to the corresponding acidand the crude reaction mixture was taken directly into purification byreverse phase column chromatography on C18 (40-95% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) toprovide Compound 2 (10 mg, 16%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 11.45 (bs,1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.21-7.37(m, 6H), 5.77 (m, 2H), 5.24 (m, 3H), 4.60 (m, 3H), 4.12 (m, 3H), 4.00(s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 1H),1.50-1.70 (m, 10H), 1.45 (d, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H); LCMS found 918.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 3

A round bottom flask was charged with Compound 1 (20 mg, 0.022 mmol)from Example 1 and dissolved in DME (1 mL) and water (1 mL). To thestirring mixture tosyl hydrazide (30.8 mg, 0.17 mmol) and sodium acetate(27.1 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added and the reaction was heated to 95° C.for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extractedwith dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The crude mixture was purified by reversephase HPLC to provide Compound 3 (3.7 mg, 19%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz)δ 11.46 (bs, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s,1H), 7.21-7.38 (m, 6H), 5.75 (s, 2H), 5.18 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.06(m, 7H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.47 (d, 3H),1.25-1.48 (m, 10H), 1.24 (d, 6H), 0.95 (s, 9H), 0.90 (s, 2H); LCMS found908.10 [M+H]⁺.

Example 4

Cyclopropylsulfamate was synthesized according to the method presentedin the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester in Example 1 with theexception of utilizing cyclopropanol (synthesized by methods reported inJOC 1980, 45, 4129-35) to obtain sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester.

Compound 4 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 1. Treatment of1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (55 mg, 0.40 mmol) providedthe desired product (4 mg, 5%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnosticpeaks) δ 4.16 (m, 1H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found 870.11[N+H]⁺.

Example 5

o-Tolylsulfamate was synthesized according to the method presented inthe synthesis of sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example 1 with theexception of utilizing o-creol to obtain sulfamic acid o-tolyl ester.

Compound 5 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy])-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions with the exception of utilizing sulfamicacid o-tolyl ester (44 mg, 0.24 mmol) provided the desired product (6.8mg, 11%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 2.37 (s, 3H); LCMSfound 932.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 6

2,6-Dimethylphenylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 2,6-dimethylphenol to obtain sulfamicacid 2,6-dimethyl-phenyl ester.

Compound 6 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions with the exception of utilizing sulfamicacid 2,6-dimethyl-phenyl ester (47 mg, 0.24 mmol) provided the desiredproduct (23 mg, 36%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 7.04(m, 3H), 2.36 (s, 6H); LCMS found 946.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 7

2-Chlorophenylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of Sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 2-chlorophenol to obtain sulfamic acid2-chloro-phenyl ester.

Compound 7 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions with the exception of utilizing sulfamicacid 2-chloro-phenyl ester (49 mg, 0.24 mmol) provided the desiredproduct (8 mg, 13%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) 6 phenylH obscured by solvent peak; LCMS found 952.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 8

4-Chlorophenylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of Sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 4-chlorophenol to obtain sulfamic acid4-chloro-phenyl ester.

Compound 8 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions with the exception of utilizing sulfamicacid 4-chloro-phenyl ester (49 mg, 0.24 mmol) provided the desiredproduct (4 mg, 7%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 7.30 (d,2H), 2.25 (d, 2H); LCMS found 952.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 9

2-Fluorophenylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of Sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 2-fluorophenol to obtain sulfamic acid2-fluoro-phenyl ester.

Compound 9 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions with the exception of utilizing sulfamicacid 2-fluoro-phenyl ester (45 mg, 0.24 mmol) provided the desiredproduct (9 mg, 14%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ7.10-7.25 (m, 4H); LCMS found 936.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 10

Compound 10 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (74 mg, 0.54 mmol) providedthe desired product (21 mg, 18%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnosticpeaks) δ 4.16 (m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 2H); LCMS found 882.5[M+H]⁺.

Example 11

Neopenylsulfamate was synthesized according to the method presented inthe synthesis of sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example 1 with theexception of utilizing neopentylalcohol to obtain sulfamic acid2,2-dimethyl-propyl ester.

Compound 11 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid 2,2-dimethyl-propyl ester (45 mg, 0.27 mmol)provided the desired product (5 mg, 8%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz,diagnostic peaks) δ 3.93 (m, 2H), 0.98 (s, 9H); LCMS found 912.7 [M+H]⁺.

Example 12

2,2-Difluoroethylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 2,2-difluoroethylalcohol to obtainsulfamic acid 2,2-difluoro-ethyl ester.

Compound 12 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid 2,2-difluoro-ethyl ester (43 mg, 0.27 mmol)provided the desired product (6 mg, 10%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz,diagnostic peaks) δ 6.10 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 2H); LCMS found 906.5 [M+H]⁺.

Example 13

2,2,2-Trifluoroethylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester in Example1 with the exception of utilizing 2,2,2-trifluoroethylalcohol to obtainsulfamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester.

Compound 13 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 2. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (48 mg, 0.27mmol) provided the desired product (5 mg, 8%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz,diagnostic peaks) δ 4.77 (m, 2H); LCMS found 924.5 [M+H]⁺.

Example 14

1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (2.57 g, 3.67 mmol) from Example 1 was dissolved inCH₂Cl₂ (9 mL), treated with 4N HCl in dioxanes (9 mL), and reacted atroom temperature for 2 h. Solvents were removed and the crude residuedried. To the resultant solid was addedsuccinimidyl-cyclopentylcarbonate (894 mg, 3.93 mmol), THF/H₂O (6:1, 15mL), and triethylamine (0.55 mL, 3.93 mmol). After stirring for 2 h atroom temperature, the reaction was quenched with 0.5N aqueous HCl. Thesolution was extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl,and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crudeproduct cyclopentylcarbamate (2.60 g, >99%) was used directly in thenext reaction.

To a solution of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (371.5 mg, 0.53 mmol) in NMP (1.8 mL) was added8-chloro-2-(2-(isopropylamino)thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxyquinolin-4-ol(252.3 mg, 0.58 mmol) and cesium carbonate (440.4 mg, 1.35 mmol). Theresulting slurry was heated to 60° C. (external temperature, oil bath),and stirred vigorously for 22 h. Upon cooling to room temperature, thereaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturatedammonium chloride (2×) and then brine. The resulting organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a brown oil. The crudeproduct was purified by column chromatography (30%→100% EtOAc/hexanes)to provide the aryl ether (297.8 mg, 69%).

To a solution of1-{[4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (297.8 mg, 0.37 mmol) in a 2:1:1 mixture ofTHF:MeOH:H₂O (3 μL) was added lithium hydroxide (77.9 mg, 1.86 mmol).The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. Thereaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and washed with aqueous HCl(0.5 N) and brine. The crude product was precipitated from the organiclayer upon the addition of hexanes and filtered. The orange solid wasdried in vacuo to provide the desired acid (204.9 mg, 70%).

To a solution of the acid (98.3 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (0.625 mL) wasadded HATU (51.5 mg, 0.13 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.026 mL,0.15 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h beforeadditional HATU (50.2 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added. After an additional 2 h15 min, sulfamic acid phenyl ester (86.1 mg, 0.50) and DBU (0.074 mL,0.50 mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 19 h. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc, andwashed with aqueous HCl (0.5 N, 2×). The aqueous layer wasback-extracted with EtOAc, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentratedto an orange oil. The crude product was combined with a second batch ofmaterial run on the same scale and purified by column chromatography(0→10% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to provide the acyl sulfamate (Compound 14, 68.6 mg,29%). Impure fractions were combined and repurified by reverse phaseHPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O-1% TFA) to provide additional acyl sulfamate (39.3mg, 17%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.44(s, 1H), 7.20-7.41 (m, 5H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 5.85 (m, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H),5.23 (d, 1H), 5.04 (d, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H),4.04 (s, 3H), 3.92-4.04 (m, 4H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m,1H), 1.30-1.61 (m, 10H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H); LCMSfound 952.00 [M+H]⁺.

Example 15

Compound 15 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 16. Treatment of1-{[4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (101.1 mg, 0.13 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale and with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropylester (70.8 mg, 0.52 mmol). Purification of the crude product wasaccomplished by reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O-1% TFA) to providethe acyl sulfamate (Compound 15, 66.3 mg, 57%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300MHz) δ 8.33 (d, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 5.81 (s,1H), 5.74 (m, 1H), 5.34 (d, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.64 (m, 2H), 4.34 (m,1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H), 4.01-4.16 (m, 5H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.45(m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.61 (m, 12H), 1.38 (s, 3H),1.36 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 9H); LCMS found 916.15 [M+H]⁺.

Example 16

1-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline was prepared according to the followingprocedure. To a solution of 3-methoxy cinnamic acid (25 g, 140.3 mmol)and triethylamine (39.1 mL, 280.6 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added ethylchloroformate (20 ml, 210 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. After stirring at thistemperature for 1 hour, aqueous NaN₃ (14.7 g, 226 mmol in 80 mL H₂O) wasadded dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours atambient temperature. Water (220 mL) was added to the mixture and thevolatiles were removed in vacuo. The resulting slurry was extracted withtoluene (3×110 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried overMgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The dried solution was added dropwiseto a heated solution of diphenylmethane (120 mL) and tributylamine (68mL) at 190° C. The toluene was distilled off during the addition. Aftercomplete addition, the reaction temperature was raised to 210° C. for 2hours. Upon cooling via an ice bath, the precipitated product wascollected by filtration, washed with hexanes, and dried to yield thedesired product as an off-white solid (14.04 g, 57%): LCMS found 176.1[M+H]⁺. 6-Methoxy-2H-isoquinolin-1-one (14.04 g, 80.15 mmol) in POCl₃(30.5 ml) was heated to gentle reflux for 1 hour and the mixture wasthen concentrated in vacuo. The residue was poured into ice water andbrought to pH 10 by the addition of 10 M NaOH. The resulting mixture wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organic layer was washed with brine, driedover MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flashchromatography (0-20% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 13.31 g (86%) of thedesired 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline intermediate as a white solid.LCMS found 194.19 [M+H]⁺.

Tetraethylammonium acetate tetrahydrate was dissolved in benzene (17mL), equipped with a Dean-Stark trap and heated to reflux for 14 h.1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (2.60 g, 3.72 mmol) in benzene (20 mL) was added toabove tetraethylammonium acetate solution. After heating at reflux for1.5 h, the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature. Solids werefiltered and rinsed. The resultant solids were dissolved in MeOH (7 mL)and cooled to 0° C. to which aqueous 1N sodium hydroxide (6 mL) wasadded slowly. After 2 h at 0° C., the reaction was neutralized with 2Naqueous HCl and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organics were washed withsaturated aqueous NaCl and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal ofsolvent, the crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica to provide the desired alcohol (0.90 g, 49%).

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (860 mg, 1.79 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO(12 mL) and treated with solid KOtBu (300 mg, 2.69 mmol). After 1 h atroom temperature, 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (380 mg, 1.97 mmol)was added to the reaction flask. After 14 h additional stirring, thereaction was quenched with cold 5% aqueous citric acid and extractedwith EtOAc. The organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl anddried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude productwas purified by column chromatography (5-11% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) on silica toprovide the desired ether (190 mg, 17%).

The acid (130 mg, 0.21 mmol) and HATU (87 mg, 0.23 mmol) were combinedin DMF (2.11 mL) to which iPr₂NEt (46 μL, 0.25 mmol) was added. Afterstirring 30 min at room temperature, sulfamic acid phenyl ester (145 mg,0.84 mmol) and DBU (126 μL, 0.84 mmol) was added and reacted for 14 h atroom temperature. The crude reaction mixture was treated with H₂O toreconvert any remaining oxazolone intermediate to the correspondingacid. The reaction was neutralized with 1N aqueous HCl and extractedwith EtOAc. The organics were washed with saturated aqueous NaCl anddried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude productwas purified by column chromatography on silica (0-8% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) toprovide Compound 16 (38 mg, 23%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.05 (d,1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.21-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 6.74(d, 1H), 5.80-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.76 (bs, 1H), 5.26 (d, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H),4.66 (bs, 1H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H),3.91 (s, 3H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H),1.35-1.70 (m, 10H), 0.99 (s, 9H); LCMS found 778.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 17

Compound 17 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalsynthetic step of Example 16. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale and with the exceptionof utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester provided the desiredproduct (43 mg, 31%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz diagnostic peaks) δ 4.24(m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found 742.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 18

To Compound 17 (50 mg, 0.07 mmol) in EtOAc (0.7 mL) was added Rh/Al₂O₃(10 mg, 20 wt %). The reaction atmosphere was flushed with H₂ gas andflask equipped with a H₂ filled balloon. After stirring at roomtemperature for 2 h, the reaction was filtered via a syringe tip filter(Nylon, 0.45 μM) and washed with CH₂Cl₂. After removal of solvent theresidue was dissolved in MeOH and passed over a C-18 RP SPE column(Phenomenex Strata, 1 g) and eluted with MeOH to provide the desiredCompound 18 (42 mg, 84%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.10(d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 5.84(m, 1H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.04(m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.72 (m, 16H),1.03 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.77 (m, 2H); LCMS found 744.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 19

A round bottom flask was charged with4-(isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butylester (400 mg, 1.11 mmol), DCM (10 ml), HATU (632.7 mg, 1.66 mmol), andNMM (0.37 ml, 3.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, andthen 1-amino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester added in 2ml DCM. The mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenchedwith water and extracted 2× with ethyl acetate, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated. The reaction provided the dipeptideintermediate which was used crude in the next reaction. LCMS found481.88 [M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with4-(isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (700 mg, 1.45 mmol), and 2 ml 4N HCl/dioxane. Thereaction was stirred 1 hour then concentrated. The resulting solid wasused crude in the next reaction.

A round bottom flask was charged with2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (243.3 mg, 1mmol), DCM (10 ml), HATU (380 mg, 1 mmol), NMM (0.37 ml, 3.36 mmol), andstirred for 15 minutes. Then the acid treated product of4-(isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was dissolved in 2 ml DCM and added to thereaction and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with water andextracted 2× ethyl acetate, dried organic over sodium sulfate, andconcentrated. The crude mixture was purified by silica gel column toprovide the tripeptide intermediate (350 mg, 58%): LCMS found 606.93[M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (350 mg, 0.58 mmol), 3.5 ml THF, 1 ml methanol, 1 mlwater, and lithium hydroxide (20 mg, 0.84 mmol). The reaction wasstirred 3 hours at 95° C. The reaction was diluted with water andextracted 1× ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1 N HCland extracted 2× ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered and concentrated. The mixture was purified by reversephase HPLC to provide the acid (53 mg, 15%): LCMS found 593.13 [M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (50 mg, 0.084 mmol), 2.5 ml DMF, HATU (50 mg, 0.13 mmol), DIEA (25uL, 0.14 mmol), sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (25 mg, 0.18 mmol) andallowed to stir 15 minutes. To the mixture DBU (50 uL, 0.33 mmol) wasadded and allowed to stir 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with waterand extract 2× ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The mixture was purified by reversephase HPLC to provide Compound 19 (12 mg, 20%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz)δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 7.73 (t, 1H),7.55 (t, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.74 (m, 1H), 5.33 (d, 1H),5.16 (d, 1H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H),4.26 (m, 1H), 4.10 (dd, 2H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.88 (t,1H), 1.30-1.70 (m, 8H), 1.24 (t, 2H), 1.04 (s, 8H), 0.94 (d, 2H), 0.75(m, 2H); LCMS found 712.03 [M+H]⁺.

Example 20

A round bottom flask was charged with Compound 19 (12 mg, 0.017 mmol), 1ml DME, 1 ml water, tosyl hydrazide (11.17 mg, 0.06 mmol), and sodiumacetate (9.83 mg, 0.12 mmol). The reaction was heated to 95° C. andallowed to stir 1 hour. The reaction was diluted with water andextracted 2× ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The mixture was purified by reversephase HPLC to provide Compound 20 (6.53 mg, 53%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.83(d, 1H), 7.72 (t, 1H), 7.56 (t, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H); LCMSfound 713.99 [M+H]⁺.

Example 21

A round bottom was charged with1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (2 g, 4.17 mmol), 25 ml THF, 8 ml methanol, 8 mlwater, and lithium hydroxide (200 mg, 8.35 mmol). The mixture wasstirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 1 N HCl and extracted3× ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated to give the desired acid which was used crudein the next reaction: LCMS found 465.97 [M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (2 g, 4.30 mmol), 50 ml DMF, HATU (2.45 g, 6.45 mmol), and sulfamicacid cyclopropyl ester (883 mg, 6.44 mmol) and allowed to stir 15minutes. To the mixture DBU (1.8 ml 13.10 mmol) was added and thereaction allowed to stir overnight, followed by more DBU (1.8 ml, 13.10mmol) and stirred overnight. The mixture was diluted with water andextracted 2× ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodiumsulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The mixture was purified by reversephase HPLC to give the acylsulfamate (900 mg, 37% two steps): LCMS found584.94 [M+H]⁺.

A round bottom was charged with{1-[2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamicacid cyclopentyl ester (800 mg, 1.37 mmol), 10 ml DME, 10 ml water,tosyl hydrizide (760 mg, 4.08 mmol), and sodium acetate (669 mg, 8.16mmol). The mixture was heated at 95° C. for 1 hour. The reaction wasdiluted with water and extracted 2× dichloromethane. The organic layerwas dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give thereduced compound which was used crude in the next reaction: LCMS found586.94 [M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with{1-[2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamicacid cyclopentyl ester (100 mg crude, 0.17 mmol), 10 ml THF,4-chloro-2-phenyl-pyrimidine (40 mg, 0.21 mmol), and potassiumt-butoxide (100 mg, 0.89 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. Themixture was diluted with water and extracted 2× ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.The mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC giving product Compound21 (7.5 mg, 3.9% two combined reactions): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz,diagnostic peaks) δ 8.77 (m, 1H), 8.33 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.46 (s,1H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 6.75-6.81 (m, 1H); LCMS found 741.02 [M+H]⁺.

Example 22

A round bottom was charged with 4-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-2-ol (1 g,4.69 mmol) and POCl₃ (10 ml, 107.28 mmol). The mixture was heated toreflux for 3 hours, and then concentrated to remove excess POCl₃. Themixture was based with 5 N NaOH and extracted with DCM. The mixture waspurified by flash chromatography to give intermediate2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-quinoline (845 mg, 78%): LCMS found 232.22[M+H]⁺.

A round bottom flask was charged with1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (479.6 mg, 0.62 mmol), 20 ml THF,2-chloro-4-trifluoromethyl-quinoline (142 mg, 0.61 mmol), and potassiumt-butoxide (276.1 mg, 2.46 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. Themixture was diluted with water and extracted 2× ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.The mixture was purified by reverse phase HPLC giving the aryl ether(100 mg, 24%): LCMS found 660.93 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 22 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalstep in Example 2. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-quinolin-2-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scaleand utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester provided desired productCompound 22 (4 mg, 3.4%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ9.23 (m, 1H), 9.00 (m, 1H), 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.35 (m, 2H), 6.67 (s,1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found 779.94 [M+H]⁺.

Example 23

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(quinolin-2-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid was prepared according to the method presented in Example 16.Treatment of 2-chloro-quinoline (102.3 mg, 0.63 mmol) under the sameconditions provided desired aryl ether (105.8 mg, 29%): LCMS found593.03 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 23 was prepared according to the method presented in the finalstep in Example 2. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(quinolin-2-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (100 mg, 0.17 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scaleand utilizing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester provided desired productCompound 23 (17.1 mg, 14%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ8.08 (d, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H,blocked by solvent peak), 6.88-6.92 (2, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 1.02 (m, 2H),0.73 (m, 2H); LCMS found 712.03 [M+H]⁺.

Example 24

1-Chloro-5-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline was synthesized according tothe method presented in Example 16 with the exception of utilizing2-(trifluoromethoxy)cinnamic acid.

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (203 mg, 0.423 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (2mL) and treated with solid KOtBu (1.4 ml, 1.40 mmol) at −78 C. After 4min. stirring, 1-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-isoquinoline (118 mg, 0.508mmol) in 1.2 ml of THF was added to the reaction flask. After 60 min.stirring at r.t., the reaction was quenched with saturated NH₄Cl andextracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude product was purified by columnchromatography (30-80% EtOAc/Hexane) on silica to provide the aryl ether(135 mg, 47%), LCMS found 675.0 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (135 mg, 0.200 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF(1.2 mL) and treated with 1 M LiOH/H₂O (0.8 ml, 0.801 mmol). After 8.25h stirring, the reaction was quenched with 2 N HCl and extracted withEtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate. Removal of solventprovided the acid (125 mg, 94%), LCMS found 661.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(5-trifluoromethyl-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (125 mg, 0.189 mmol) and HATU (91 mg, 0.284 mmol) were combined inDMF (0.8 mL) to which iPr₂NEt (42 mL, 0.284 mmol) was added. Afterstirring 30 min at room temperature, sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (44mg, 0.378 mmol) and DBU (96 mL, 0.756 mmol) was added and reacted for 14h at room temperature. The crude reaction mixture was quenched withsaturated NaHCO₃ and extracted with EtOAc. The organics were washed with1N aqueous HCl and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent,the crude product was purified by column chromatography (60-100%EtOAc/Hexane and 0-10% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) on silica and prep HPLC to provideCompound 24 (40.4 mg, 27%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 10.18 (bs, 1H), 8.41(d, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.57 (bs, 1H), 7.21 (bs, 1H),5.80-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.76 (bs, 1H), 5.26 (d, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H), 4.66 (bs,1H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.07 (m,1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.97 (m,1H), 1.62-1.48 (m, 10H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H); LCMSfound 780.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 25

1,7-Dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline was synthesized according to themethod presented in Example 16 with the exception of utilizing2-chloro-3-methoxycinnamic acid.

1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (250 mg, 0.521 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (4mL) and treated with solid KOtBu (1.8 ml, 1.80 mmol) at −78 C. After 4min. stirring, 1,5-dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (178 mg, 0.782 mmol)was added to the reaction flask. After 60 min. stirring at r.t., thereaction was treated with 1 M LiOH/H₂O (6 ml, 6.0 mmol) and 2 ml ofMeOH. After 14 h stirring, the reaction was quenched with 2 N HCl andextracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude product was purified by columnchromatography (0-10% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) on silica to provide the aryl ether(113 mg, 33% O), LCMS found 657.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[4-(5-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (113 mg, 0.172 mmol), sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (36 mg, 0.259mmol) and HATU (98 mg, 0.259 mmol) were combined in DMF (2 mL) to whichDBU (77 uL, 0.517 mmol) was added. After stirring 3 h at roomtemperature, the crude reaction mixture was quenched with 1N aqueous HCland extracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate.After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by perp HPLC toprovide the acylsulfamate (70 mg, 50%), LCMS found 776.1 [M+H]⁺.

To{1-[4-(5-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamicacid cyclopentyl ester (70 mg, 0.086 mmol) in EtOAc (2.5 mL) was addedRh/Al₂O₃ (14 mg, 20 wt %). The reaction atmosphere was flushed with H₂gas and flask equipped with a H₂ filled balloon. After stirring at roomtemperature for 1.5 h, the reaction was filtered and washed with CH₂Cl₂.After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by preperatoryTLC (3% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) and reverse phase HPLC to provide the Compound 25(15 mg, 20%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.63(d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.14 (bs, 1H), 5.88 (bs, 1H), 5.34 (d, 1H), 4.69(bs, 1H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 4.29 (d, 2H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.05(s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.48 (m, 10H), 1.02 (s, 9H),0.96 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H); LCMS found 778.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 26

Reduction of 1-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was performed according to the method presented inExample 18. Treatment of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester under the same conditions adjusted for scale provided the desiredreduced compound after purification on silica gel. Treatment of thismaterial with 4N HCl in dioxanes, followed by removal of solventsprovided the desired intermediate 1-amino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester as the HCl salt: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 3.80 (s,3H), 1.39-1.63 (m, 5H), 0.94 (t, 3H).

4-Hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (1.01 g,4.38 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (11 mL) and THF (22 mL), thentreated with 1M KOtBu/THF (11 mL, 11.0 mmol). After 10 min. at roomtemperature, 1,5-dichloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (1.0 g, 4.38 mmol) wasadded to the reaction flask. After 1.5 h additional stirring, thereaction was quenched with 2N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organicswere dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the tan foamcrude product was used in the next reaction without furtherpurification.

4-(6-Methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester (1.38 mmol) was combined with the HCl salt of1-amino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (4.38 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) to which HATU (2.5 g, 6.58 mmol) and iPr₂NEt (3.06 mL,17.5 mmol) were added. After stirring for 100 min. at room temperature,the reaction was purified by column chromatography on silica (0-10%MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to provide the desired ester: LCMS found 548.0 [M+H]⁺. Theproduct was used in the next reaction without quantitative analysis.

4-(5-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-(2-ethyl-1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (4.38 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (30 mL)and MeOH (10 mL), then treated with 1 M LiOH/H₂O (10 ml, 10.0 mmol).After 18 h stirring, the reaction was quenched with 2 N HCl andextracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate.Removal of solvent provided the acid (1.34 g, 54% over 3 steps, LCMSfound 532.0 (M−H)). The acid (211 mg, 0.370 mmol) and HATU (183 mg,0.481 mmol) were combined in DMF (4 mL) to which DBU (276 uL, 0.185mmol) and sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester was added. After stirring 3 hat room temperature, the crude reaction mixture was quenched with 1Naqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organics were dried oversodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purifiedby column chromatography (30-100% EtOAc/Hexane) on silica to provide theacylsulfamate (127 mg, 53%), LCMS found 653.0 [M+H]⁺.

4-(5-Chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (127 mg, 0.194 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl indioxanes (3.5 mL) for 30 min. Solvents were removed and the cruderesidue dried. The resultant crude amine was combined with HATU (111 mg,0.292 mmol) and Boc-L-tert-leucine, dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (3 mL), andtreated with DIEA (169 uL, 0.972 mmol). After stirring for 2 h at roomtemperature, the reaction was purified by column chromatography onsilica (0-8% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ and 30-100% EtOAc/Hexane) and reverse phaseHPLC to provide Compound 26(145 mg, 85%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 10.33(s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 6.91(bs, 1H), 5.94 (bs, 1H), 5.19 (d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.23(d, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.97 (m, 3H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.60 (m, 3H),1.44 (s, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.03 (m, 15H), 0.74 (m, 2H); LCMS found766.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 27

4-Hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester (512 mg,2.21 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (22 mL) and treated withsolid KOtBu (745 mg, 6.64 mmol). After 1 h at room temperature, thesolution was cooled to 0° C. and 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (450mg, 2.32 mmol) was added to the reaction flask. After warming to roomtemperature and 14 h additional stirring, the reaction was quenched withcold 5% aqueous citric acid and extracted with EtOAc. The organics werewashed with saturated aqueous NaCl and dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the tan foam crude product was used in the nextreaction without further purification (940 mg, 99%).

The acid 4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylicacid 1-tert-butyl ester (2.21 mmol) was combined with1-amino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (2.54 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (22 mL) to which HATU (1.26 g, 3.32 mmol) and iPr₂NEt (1.15 mL,6.64 mmol) were added. After stirring for 2 h at room temperature, thereaction was acidified with 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with EtOAc. Theorganics were washed 5% aqueous citric acid, saturated aqueous NaCl anddried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude productwas purified by column chromatography on silica (40-60% EtOAc/hexanes)to provide the desired ester (978 mg, 87%):

2-(1-Methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (1.44 g, 2.93 mmol) was dissolved in THF/MeOH(3:1, 24 mL) to which a solution of LiOH (352 mg, 14.68 mmol) in H₂O (6mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction wasdiluted with H₂O and acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. The solution wasextracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried oversodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was useddirectly in the next reaction.

The resultant acid (440 mg, 0.89 mmol) and HATU (506 mg, 1.33 mmol) werecombined in DMF (8.9 mL) and treated with iPr₂NEt (0.24 mL, 1.33 mmol).After 15 min stirring at room temperature, sulfamic acid cyclopropylester (304 mg, 2.22 mmol) and DBU (0.53 mL, 3.55 mmol) were then addedto the reaction mixture. After stirring for 3 h at room temperature, thereaction was diluted with H₂O. The solution was extracted with EtOAc,washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and dried over sodium sulfate.After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified by columnchromatography on silica (60-90% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide theacylsulfamate (400 mg, 73%).

2-(1-Cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (400 mg, 0.65 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (2mL), treated with 4N HCl in dioxanes (2 mL) and reacted at roomtemperature for 1 h. Solvents were removed and the crude residue dried.The resultant crude amine was combined with HATU (370 mg, 0.97 mmol),dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (6.5 mL), and treated with Boc-L-tert-leucine (0.65mmol) and NMM (0.21 mL, 1.95 mmol). After stirring for 14 h at roomtemperature, the reaction was acidified with 1N aqueous HCl andextracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organics were washed with 1N aqueous HCl,saturated aqueous NaCl and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal ofsolvent, the crude product was purified by reverse phase columnchromatography on C18 (30-95% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) to provide Compound 27(222 mg, 47%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H),7.89 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H),5.77 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 1H),4.25 (m, 2H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 2H),1.91 (m, 1H), 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.94 (m, 2H),0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found 730.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 28

To Compound 27 (50 mg, 0.07 mmol) in EtOAc (0.7 mL) was added Rh/Al₂O₃(10 mg, 20 wt %). The reaction atmosphere was flushed with H₂ gas andflask equipped with a H₂ filled balloon. After stirring at roomtemperature for 2 h, the reaction was filtered via a syringe tip filter(Nylon, 0.45 μM) and washed with CH₂Cl₂. After removal of solvent theresidue was dissolved in MeOH and passed over a C-18 RP SPE column(Phenomenex Strata, 1 g) and eluted with MeOH to provide the desiredCompound 28 (42 mg, 84%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.09 (s, 1H), 8.12(d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 5.83(m, 1H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.93(s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H),1.16-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found732.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 29

Sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesized according tothe method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester inExample 1 with the exception of utilizing 1-methylcyclopropanol(synthesized by methods reported in Synthesis 1991, 234) to obtainsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester.

2-(1-Methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (550 mg, 1.08 mmol) from Example 40 was dissolvedin THF/MeOH (3:1, 8 mL) to which a solution of LiOH (129 mg, 5.38 mmol)in H₂O (2 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. Thereaction was diluted with H₂O and acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. Thesolution was extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl,and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crudeproduct was used directly in the next reaction.

The resultant acid and HATU (600 mg, 1.58 mmol) were combined in DMF(10.8 mL) and treated with iPr₂NEt (1.58 mmol). After 15 min stirring atroom temperature, sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (238 mg, 1.58mmol) and DBU (0.31 mL, 2.10 mmol) were then added to the reactionmixture. After stirring for 12 h at room temperature, the reaction wasdiluted with H₂O. The solution was extracted with EtOAc, washed withsaturated aqueous NaHCO₃, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removalof solvent, the crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica (60-90% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the acylsulfamate (260 mg,39%).

4-(6-Methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (400 mg, 0.65 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (2mL), treated with 4N HCl in dioxanes (2 mL) and reacted at roomtemperature for 1 h. Solvents were removed and the crude residue dried.The resultant crude amine was combined with HATU (370 mg, 0.97 mmol),dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (6.5 mL), and treated with NMM (0.21 mL, 1.95 mmol).After stirring for 14 h at room temperature, the reaction was acidifiedwith 1N aqueous HCl and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The organics were washedwith 1N aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous NaCl and dried over sodiumsulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified byreverse phase column chromatography on C18 (30-95% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) toprovide Compound 29 (213 mg, 47%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.22 (s,1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d,1H), 5.85 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d, 1H), 4.55 (m,1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m,1H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.28 (m,11H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.68 (m, 2H); LCMS found 744.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 30

Compound 30 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of Compound 28. Treatment of Compound 29 from Example 29 underthe same conditions adjusted for scale provided the desired product (45mg, 90%): %): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.26(d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 5.55 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.54(m, 1H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.59(m, 1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.27 (s, 9H),1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 3H), 0.69 (m, 2H); LCMS found746.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 31

4-Hydroxy-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 2-methylester (10.0 g, 40.8 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxanes (60 mL) for210 min. Solvents were removed and the crude residue was dried. Theresultant crude amine was combined with HATU (18.6 g, 48.9 mmol) andBoc-L-tert-leucine (10.8 g, 46.9 mmol), dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (450 mL),and treated with DIEA (24.9 mL, 148 mmol). After stirring for 4 hr atroom temperature, the reaction was purified by column chromatography onsilica (0-10% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ and 40-100% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide 13.2 g(90%) of the desired product as white foam. LCMS found 359.0 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (2.74 g, 7.64 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) wasadded 2M lithium hydroxide (15 mL, 30.0 mmol). The reaction was stirredat ambient temperature for 18 hr. The solution was diluted with EtOAcand acidified with 2 M HCl. The layers were separated and the organiclayer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give 2.57 g (98%) of theproduct. LCMS found 345.0 [M+H]⁺.

1-Chloro-6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline was synthesized according tothe method presented in Example 16 with the exception of utilizing3-(trifluoromethoxy)cinnamic acid.

1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (1.38 g, 4.01 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (20 mL), thentreated with 1M KOtBu/THF (20 mL, 20 mmol). After 10 min. at roomtemperature, 1-chloro-6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline (1.49 g, 6.01mmol) in 10 mL of THF was added to the reaction flask. After 50 min.additional stirring, the reaction was quenched with 2N HCl and extractedwith EtOAc. The organics were dried over sodium sulfate and purified bycolumn chromatography on silica (0-20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to provide 2.37 g(98%) of the desired product as yellow-brown foam. LCMS found 554.0[M−H]⁻.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 26. Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (2.37 g, 4.00 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale, to afford the desired methyl ester (1.90 g, 70%). LCMS found681.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 31 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 29. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-trifluoromethoxy-isoquinoline-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (1.29 g, 1.88 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC toafford Compound 31 (441 mg, 29%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 10.31 (s,1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.89(s, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.21 (d, 1H), 4.52-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 1H),4.04 (d, 1H), 2.57-2.49 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m,2H), 1.44-1.29 (m, 12H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 3H), 0.65 (m, 2H); LCMSfound 800.4 [M+H]⁺.

Example 32

1,6-Dichloroisoquinoline was synthesized according to the methodpresented in Example 16 with the exception of utilizing 3-chlorocinnamicacid.

Compound 32 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 31 with the exception of utilizing1,6-dichloroisoquinoline. For the final step, treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (532 mg, 1.54 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale, to afford Compound 32 (107 mg, 28%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz)δ 10.34 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H),7.18 (d, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 5.89 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 4.53-4.42 (m,2H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.04 (d, 1H), 2.59-2.52 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.68(m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.22 (m, 12H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.94 (m, 3H),0.65 (m, 2H); LCMS found 750.4 [M+H]⁺.

Example 33

Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (738 mg, 2.14 mmol) under peptide coupling conditions presented inExample 26 occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, toafford the ester which was subsequently hydrolyzed to−1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (565 mg, 64%): LCMS found 456.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 33 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 31. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (300 mg, 0.659 mmol) and 6-methoxy-quinazoline, synthesized bymethods reported in J. Chem. Soc. 1947, 890-894 occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, to afford Compound 33 (220 mg, 45%): ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.47(s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 5.21 (d, 1H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 4.18(d, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.65-2.57 (m, 2H), 1.65 (s, 3H),1.63 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.26 (m, 1H),1.03 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 3H), 0.63 (m, 2H); LCMS found 747.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 34

To a solution of methyl-3-hydroxybenzoate (25.0 g, 164 mmol) in DMF (250mL) were added K₂CO₃ (45.4 g, 328 mmol) and 2-chloroethylp-toluenesulfonate (39.3 g, 167 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 65°C. for 12 hr then diluted with EtOAc and H₂O. The layers were separatedand the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated, and purifiedby column chromatography on silica (0-100% CH₂Cl₂/Hexane) to provide25.0 g (71%) of the desired product as a clear oil.

The chloride (25.0 g, 116 mmol) was dissolved in THF (220 mL) then KOtBu(16.3 g, 145 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at ambienttemperature for 18 hr then diluted with EtOAc and H₂O. The layers wereseparated and the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated, andpurified by column chromatography on silica (0-25% EtOAc/Hexane and0-70% CH₂Cl₂/Hexane) to provide 11.2 g (54%) of the desired ester.

To a solution of the ester (11.2 g, 62.6 mmol) in dichloroethane (310mL) was added chloroiodomethane (17.0 mL, 235 mmol), then cooled to 0°C. added IM Et₂Zn/Hexane (117 mL, 117 mmol) slowly. The reaction wasstirred at ambient temperature for 100 min then diluted with 1N HCl andDCM. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried overNa₂SO₄, concentrated, and purified by column chromatography on silica(30-100% CH₂Cl₂/Hexane) to provide 9.77 g (81%) ofmethyl-3-cyclopropoxybenzoate as clear oil.

Methyl-3-cyclopropoxybenzoate (7.49 g, 39.0 mmol) was dissolved in THF(135 mL) then 2M LiBH₄/THF (58.5 mL, 117 mmol) was added. The reactionwas stirred at 50° C. for 1 hr then 1.6 mL of MeOH was added. After 30min of stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to r.t. and quenchedwith excess MeOH. The solution was concentrated and diluted with EtOAcand H₂O. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to provide 6.37 g (98%) of the desired alcohol.

To a solution of the alcohol (6.37 g, 38.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (194mL) was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (18.1 g, 42.7 mmol). The reactionwas stirred at ambient temperature for 15 min. The solution was purifiedby column chromatography on silica (0-40% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide 6.00g (93%) of the aldehyde as yellow oil.

3-cyclopropoxybenzaldehyde (7.51 g, 46.3 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine(195 mL) then malonic acid (19.3 g, 185 mmol) and piperidine (6.86 mL,69.5 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at reflux for 2 hr thenconcentrated. The residue was poured on to ice cold 6N HCl and decantedto collect the solution. The solution was diluted with DCM and extractedwith DCM. The extract and the solid from the water layer were combinedand basified with 2N NaOH. The basic solution was washed with DCM,acidified and filtered to give 3-(3-cyclopropoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid aswhite solid: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 7.77 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.09 (m, 4H),6.44 (d, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 0.81 (m, 4H).

1-Chloro-6-cyclopropoxy-isoquinoline was synthesized according to themethod presented in Example 16. Treatment of3-(3-cyclopropoxy-phenyl)-acrylic acid under the same occurred under thesame conditions, adjusted for scale, to afford1-chloro-6-cyclopropoxy-isoquinoline: LCMS found 220.1 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 34 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 31 with the exception of utilizing1-chloro-6-cyclopropoxy-isoquinoline. For the final step, treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.439 mmol) and 1-chloro-6-cyclopropoxy-isoquinolineoccurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, to affordCompound 34 (220 mg, 45%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 9.89 (s, 1H), 8.35(d, 1H), 7.22-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H),4.62 (m, 2H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.05 (s, 4H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m,1H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 3H), 1.18 (s,9H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.90-0.80 (m, 4H), 0.61 (m, 2H); LCMSfound 772.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 35

Compound 35 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 31. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (400 mg, 0.878 mmol) and 1-Chloro-6-methoxy-phthalazine,synthesized by methods reported in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 12,5-8, occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, to affordCompound 35 (107 mg, 16%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 9.89 (s, 1H), 8.35(d, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.71 (m, 2H), 5.88 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, 1H), 4.62(m, 2H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.05 (s, 4H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.65(s, 3H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 3H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 1.05(s, 9H), 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.61 (m, 2H); LCMS found 747.3 [M+H]⁺.

Example 36

3-Chloroisoquinoline (3.0, 18 mmol) was dissolved in potassium ethoxide(24% in EtOH, 10.6 mL, 27 mmol) and heated to 150° C. in a sealed tubefor 24 h. After cooling, the solvent was removed in vacuo and theresidue treated with 1M HCl until the solution reaches a pH 3. SaturatedNaHCO₃ solution then added slowly to return the solution to pH 8followed by extraction with CHCl₃. The combined organics were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄. The residue obtained fromconcentration in vacuo was purified by column chromatography on SiO₂(0-15% EtOAc, hex) to afford 1.5 g (48%) of 3-ethoxyisoquinoline. LCMSfound 174.11 [M+H]⁺.

3-Ethoxyisoquinoline (1.5 g, 8.7 mmol) was taken up in DCM (45 mL) at 0°C. mCPBA (77%, 4.1 g, 18.3 mmol) was added slowly and the resultingsolution allowed to warm to rt overnight. The reaction volume wasdoubled with additional DCM and washed with 1M NaOH. Followingseparation and extraction with DCM, the combined organics were washedwith brine, dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo toafford 3-ethoxyisoquinoline N-oxide (1.15 g, 69%) as a white low meltingsolid that was used without further purification. LCMS found 190.05[M+H]⁺.

3-Ethoxyisoquinoline N-oxide (1.15 g, 6.1 mmol) was taken up in POCl₃ (5mL) at rt and then heated to 120° C. under an atmosphere of Ar for 2 h.Following cooling to rt, the reaction was diluted with CHCl₃ and pouredinto icewater (20 mL) and the resulting solution was placed in an icebath and treated with 10M NaOH until pH 10 with vigorous stirring.Following extraction with CHCl₃, the combined organics were washed withbrine and dried over anhydrous MgSO₄. Following concentration in vacuo,purification on SiO₂ (3-15% EtOAc/hex) afforded 0.51 g (40%) of1-chloro-3-ethoxyisoquinoline. LCMS found 208.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (See Example 33), 0.21 g, 0.46 mmol) was diluted in DMSO (4 mL) andtreated with potassium tert-butoxide (0.26 g, 2.3 mmol) at rt for 30min. 1-Chloro-3-ethoxyisoquinoline (0.100 g, 0.48 mmol) was added andthe solution allowed to age overnight. Icewater was added, followed by1M HCl until the solution reaches pH 3. Extraction with EtOAc wasfollowed by washing of the combined organics with brine and drying overanhydrous Na₂SO₄ prior to concentration in vacuo. The resulting residuewas purified by preparatory HPLC to produce 0.127 g (42%) of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(3-ethoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a white solid. LCMS found 626.90 [M+].

Compound 36 was produced analogously to Compound 33 from Example 33 bytreating1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(3-ethoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.13 g, 0.20 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester(0.061 g, 0.41 mmol) under similar conditions with appropriateadjustments for scale to produce Compound 36 (0.114 g, 74%) as whitepowder. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.06 (d, 1H); 7.63 (d, 1H); 7.55 (t,1H); 7.26 (t, 1H); 6.60 (s, 1H); 5.86 (s, 1H); 4.54 (m, 1H); 4.45 (d,1H); 4.38-4.20 (m, 3H); 4.09 (d, 1H); 2.61 (m, 1H); 2.29 (m, 1H); 1.68(s, 3H); 1.66-1.48 (m, 4H); 1.44 (t, 3H); 1.38-1.16 (m, 2H); 1.23 (s,9H); 0.97 (t, 3H); 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found 760.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 37

To a solution of 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline (2 g, 10.3 mmol) in DCM(60 ml) was added BBr₃ in (4.9 ml, 51.6 mmol) in 10 mL THF and thereaction was heated to 50° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled to 0°C. and 30 volumes of methanol was added as a quench. The solvent wasremoved to afford 2.87 g (>99%) of 1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-ol as a brownsolid. LCMS found 180.36 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of 1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-ol (300 mg, 1.67 mmol) inacetonitrile (16 ml) was added (2-Chloro-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine (289 mg,2.0 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.2 g, 3.67 mmol). The reaction wasstirred at 65° C. overnight. The solvent was removed and the residuedissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic solution was washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate andconcentrated. The crude product was purified using reverse phase HPLC toafford 505 mg (83%) of[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine as a whiteamorphous solid. LCMS found 251.04 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (321 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added 1M KOtBu in THF (3.9ml) and stirred for 15 minutes.[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine (283 mg, 0.78mmol) was then added in THF (3 ml) and the reaction was heated to 50° C.for approximately three hours. The reaction was cooled to room temp andquenched with 1N HCl and the solvents removed. The crude material waspurified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 94.3 mg (17%) of intermediate1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[6-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-isoquinolin-1-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a white solid.

1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[6-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)-isoquinolin-1-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (101 mg, 0.13 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL) anddiisopropylethyl amine (56 μL, 0.32 mmol) to which was added HATU (73mg, 0.19 mmol). To this reaction mixture was then added DBU (77 mL, 0.52mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (39 mg, 0.26 mmol)and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 his. Thereaction was diluted with water and acetonitrile and purified by reversephase chromatography to give 61.1 mg (52%) of Compound 37 as anamorphous white solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.11 (m, 1H); 7.90 (d,J=6 Hz, 1H); 7.23 (m, 3H); 5.81 (2, 1H); 4.47 (m, 2H); 4.40 (m, 1H);4.22 (s, 1H); 4.08 (m, 1H); 3.64 (m, 2H); 3.27 (s, 3H); 2.98 (s, 6H);2.58 (m, 1H); 2.20 (m, 1H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.53 (m, 4H); 1.26 (s, 9H);1.67 (m, 9H); 0.96 (m, 12H); 0.64 (s, 2H). LCMS found 803.14 [M+H]⁺.

Example 38

1-chloro-6-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-isoquinoline was prepared according to themethod described for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine as shown inExample 37, substituting 1-Bromo-2-methoxy-ethane for(2-Chloro-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine and adjusting appropriately for scale.The compound was extracted with EtOAc and washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated instead ofusing reverse phase purification to give 454 mg (90%) of the desiredcompound as a brown solid. LC/MS: m/z 238.10 [M+H]⁺).

Compound 38 was prepared according to the method described as shown inExample 37, substituting 1-chloro-6-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-isoquinoline for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine and adjustingappropriately for scale. The compound was purified using reverse phaseHPLC to give 89.6 mg (69%) of the desired compound Compound 38 as awhite amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.07 (d, 1H); 7.85 (d,1H); 7.19 (m, 2H); 7.11 (m, 1H); 5.78 (s, 1H); 4.45 (m, 2H); 4.21 (m,3H); 4.08 (m, 1H); 3.77 (m, 2H); 3.40 (s, 3H); 2.53 (m, 1H); 2.21 (m,1H) 1.64 (m, 3H); 1.53 (m, 3H); 1.24 (m, 11H); 1.00 (s, 9H); 0.92 (m,5H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 789.94 [M+H]⁺.

Example 39

1-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-isoquinoline was prepared accordingto the method described for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine as shown inExample 37, substituting Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester for (2-Chloro-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine andadjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was extracted withEtOAc, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentratedinstead of using reverse phase purification to give 820 mg (56%) of thedesired compound 1-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-isoquinoline as awhite solid. LCMS found 262.34 [M+H]⁺).

Compound 39 was prepared according to the method described as shown inExample 37, substituting1-chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-isoquinoline for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine and adjustingappropriately for scale. The compound was purified using reverse phaseHPLC to give 104.3 mg (18%) of the desired compound Compound 39 as awhite amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.13 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H);7.90 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H); 7.26 (m, 2H); 7.18 (m, 1H); 5.80 (s, 1H); 4.66(m, 2H); 4.44 (m, 2H); 4.20 (s, 1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 2.54 (m, 1H); 2.22(m, 1H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.54 (m, 4H); 1.19 (m, 12H); 0.96 (m, 14H); 0.64(s, 2H). LCMS found 813.84 [M+H]⁺.

Example 40

1-chloro-6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-isoquinoline was prepared accordingto the method described for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine as shown inExample 37, substituting 4-(2-chloro-ethyl)-morpholine for(2-chloro-ethyl)-dimethyl-amine and adjusting appropriately for scale togive 459.5 mg (94%) of the desired compound1-chloro-6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-isoquinoline as a white solid. LCMSfound 293.09 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 40 was prepared according to the method described as shown inExample 37, substituting1-chloro-6-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-isoquinoline for[2-(1-chloro-isoquinolin-6-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine and adjustingappropriately for scale. The compound was purified using reverse phaseHPLC to give 128.5 mg (13%) of the desired compound Compound 40 as awhite amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.17 (d, J=8.4 Hz,11H); 7.94 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H); 7.26 (m, 3H); 5.86 (s, 1H); 4.55 (m, 3H);4.43 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H); 4.26 (s, 1H); 4.10 (m, 2H); 3.8 (m, 2H); 3.73(m, 2H); 3.61 (m, 2H); 3.36 (m, 1H); 2.60 (m, 1H); 2.28 (m, 1H); 1.68(s, 3H); 1.55 (m, 5H); 1.31 (s, 9H); 1.19 (m, 2H); 1.05 (m, 12H); 0.98(m, 2H); 0.68 (s, 2H). LCMS found 845.07 [M+H]⁺.

Example 41

To a solution of4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester (1.78 g, 4.59 mmol) and the HCl salt of1-amino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (0.605 g, 3.37mmol) in DMF (17 mL) was added HATU (1.938 g, 5.09 mmol) and NMM (1.9mL, 17.28 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 18 h, and then diluted with EtOAc. The resulting slurry was washedwith aqueous HCl (1N) and brine. The aqueous layers were extracted withEtOAc. The resulting organic layers were combined, dried (Na₂SO₄) andconcentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica (15→50% Hex/EtOAc) to provide the desired intermediate (0.647 g,37%): LCMS found 514.87 [M+H]⁺.

Hydrolysis of2-(2-Ethyl-1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester according to the method presented in Example 27provided the acid which was used without further purification.

Sulfamic acid 1-ethyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesized according to themethod presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester inExample 1 with the exception of utilizing 1-ethylcyclopropanol(synthesized by methods reported in Synthesis 1991, 234) to obtainsulfamic acid 1-ethyl-cyclopropyl ester.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-ethyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inExample 27. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.70 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid1-ethyl-cyclopropyl ester to afford the desired acylsulfamate (230 mg,51%): LCMS found 647.1 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 41 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-ethyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.36 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordCompound 41 (89 mg, 12%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.10(d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 5.83(m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94(s, 3H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.90 (q, 2H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.48(s, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.09 (t, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H),0.98 (m, 3H), 0.70 (m, 2H); LCMS found 760.4 [M+H]⁺.

Example 42

Sulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesized according tothe method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester inExample 1 with the exception of utilizing 1-propylcyclopropanol(synthesized by methods reported in Synthesis 1991, 234) to obtainsulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inExample 27. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-ethyl-1-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-1-butyl ester (0.50 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester to afford acylsulfamate (200 mg, 61%): LCMSfound 660.9 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 42 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.30 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordCompound 42 (26 mg, 11%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.11(d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.84(m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.94(s, 3H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 1.83 (t, 2H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.48(q, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H),0.70 (m, 2H); LCMS found 774.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 43

Sulfamic acid 1-isopropyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesized according tothe method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester inExample 1 with the exception of utilizing 1-isopropylcyclopropanol(synthesized by methods reported in Synthesis 1991, 234.) to obtainsulfamic acid 1-isopropyl-cyclopropyl ester.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-isopropyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inExample 27. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.50 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid1-isopropyl-cyclopropyl ester to afford acylsulfamate (185 mg, 56%):LCMS found 660.9 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 43 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-isopropyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.19 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordCompound 43 (57.8 mg, 7%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.11(d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 5.84(m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.94(s, 3H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.27(s, 9H), 1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.00 (m, 6H), 0.98 (m, 3H),0.78 (m, 2H); LCMS found 774.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 44

Sulfamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester was synthesizedaccording to the method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acidphenyl ester in Example 1 with the exception of utilizing1,1,1-trifluoro-2-methyl-propan-2-ol to obtain sulfamic acid2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inExample 27. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (2.01 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester to afford acylsulfamate (450mg, 65%): LCMS found 688.9 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 44 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of2-[2-Ethyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.15 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordCompound 44 (55 mg, 46%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) diagnostic δ 1.81 (s,3H), 1.80 (s, 3H); LCMS found 801.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 45

1-Sulfamoyloxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester was synthesizedaccording to the method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acidphenyl ester in Example 1 with the exception of utilizing1-hydroxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester to obtain1-Sulfamoyloxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inExample 27. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.10 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale with the exception of utilizing sulfamic acid1-sulfamoyloxy-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (40 mg, 60%):LCMS found 676.2 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 45 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.06 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordCompound 45 (16.3 mg, 34%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) diagnostic δ 3.79(s, 3H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 2H); LCMS found 789.3 [M+H]⁺.

Example 46

To a solution of 2 M (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane in hexanes (6.44 mL,12.875 mmol) and methanol (6.44 mL) was added a solution of4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester (5 g, 12.875 mmol) in dichloromethane (125 mL) andstirred at ambient temperature overnight. The solvent was removed undervacuum and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-30%EtOAc/hexane) to afford 3.94 g (76%) of the desired product as a whitefoam. LCMS found 403.0 [M+H]⁺.

4-(6-Methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (4.16 g, 10.34 mmol) was dissolved inHCl in dioxanes (20 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solventremoved under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dimethyl formamidefollowed by addition of 4-methylmorpholine (5.7 mL, 51.7 mmol),boc-L-tert-leucine (2.63 g, 11.37 mmol) and HATU (5.9 g, 15.51 mmol) andstirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The solvent was removed undervacuum, the residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturatedsodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-40%EtOAC/hexane) to afford 4.7 g (88%) of the desired product as a whitesolid. LCMS found 516.0 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (4.7 g, 9.12 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran and methanol(1:1, 100 mL) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide (800 mg, 33.4mmol) in water (25 ml). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperaturefor 1 hr. The volatiles were removed under vacuum and the solution wasdiluted with EtOAc and acidified with 1 M HCl. The layers were separatedand the organic layer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give 4.63g (>99%) of the product as a white foam. LCMS found 502.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid was prepared according to the method presented in the synthesis ofCompound 26. Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (2.31 g, 4.29 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale, to afford the desired carboxylic acid (2.57 g, 92%). LCMSfound 613.0 [M+H]⁺.

Sulfamic acid 1-trifluoroethyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesizedaccording to the method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acidphenyl ester in Example 1 with the exception of utilizing1-trifluoroethylcyclopropanol (synthesized by methods reported inSynthesis 1991, 234.) to obtain sulfamic acid1-trifluoroethyl-cyclopropyl ester.

Compound 46 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.308 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-trifluoroethyl-cyclopropylester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, andpurified by reverse phase HPLC to afford Compound 46 (99.1 mg, 40%): ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.21(d, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 5.21 (d, 1H), 4.57(m, 2H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.57(m, 1H), 1.64-1.43 (m, 6H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.19 (m, 1H), 1.02 (s, 9H),0.96-0.91 (m, 5H); LCMS found [M+H]⁺.

Example 47

To 1-(2-Bromo-ethyl)-cyclopropanol (synthesized according to the methodpresented in Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2003, 551) in DMF was added NaCN. Themixture was then stirred at 70° C. for 4 hr. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with 140 mL of 0.5 M NaOHand EtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer was driedover Na₂SO₄ and purified by column chromatography on silica (40-70%EtOAc/Hexane) to provide 436 mg (32%) of 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-cyclopropanol.

The cyclopropylsulfamate was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of sulfamic acid phenyl ester in Example 1with the exception of utilizing 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-cyclopropanol(synthesized by methods reported in JOC 1980, 45, 4129-35) to obtain thesulfamic acid 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-cyclopropyl ester.

Compound 47 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.308 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-cyclopropylester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, andpurified by reverse phase HPLC to afford Compound 47 (100 mg, 36%): ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.15(d, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 5.19 (d, 1H), 4.51(m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.74(m, 2H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.69(m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.03(s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 3H), 0.85 (m, 2H); LCMS found 784.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 48

Sulfamic acid 1-methoxymethyl-cyclopropyl ester was synthesizedaccording to the method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acidphenyl ester in Example 1 with the exception of utilizing1-methoxymethyl cyclopropanol (synthesized by methods reported inEuropean Journal of Chemistry 2006, 5069) to obtain sulfamic acid1-methoxymethyl-cyclopropyl ester.

Compound 48 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.49 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale,and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford Compound 48 (70 mg, 18%):¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.26(d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.44(m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.32(s, 2H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 4H), 1.29 (s, 9H),1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.89 (m, 2H); LCMS found775.6 [M+H]⁺.

Example 49

A round bottom flask was charged with 20 ml THF, cyclobutanone (5 g, 71mmol), and TMS-CF₃ (42.8 ml, 86 mmol, 2 M in THF). The stirring mixturewas cooled to 0° C. and TBAF (0.68 ml, 0.68 mmol, 1 M in THF) was slowlyadded. Stir 2 hours, quench with water and extract with ether. Washorganic layer with brine, dry over sodium sulfate, and concentrate. Useresulting oil crude in the next reaction.

Sulfamic acid 1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester was synthesizedaccording to the method presented in the synthesis of sulfamic acidphenyl ester in Example 1 with the exception of utilizing1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutanol to obtain sulfamic acid1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 5.85 (s,2H), 3.40 (t, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.42 (t, 1H), 2.04 (m,1H), 1.85 (m, 1H).

Compound 49 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.33 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale,and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford Compound 49 (95 mg, 12%):¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) diagnostic δ 3.14 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.05(m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H); LCMS found 813.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 50

Compound 50 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.33 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjusted for scale,and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford Compound 50 (120 mg, 48%):¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) diagnostic δ 6.11 (t, 1H), 4.51 (m, 2H); LCMSfound 756.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 51

To a solution of2-(1-carbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (1.00 g, 2.01 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added HATU(1.14 g, 3.02 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) and DIPEA (0.52 mL, 2.98 mmol, 1.5equiv.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 min beforesulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester (0.71 mg, 4.00 mmol, 2 equiv.)and DBU (1.2 mL, 8.02 mmol, 4 equiv.) were added. The reaction was thenstirred for an additional 15 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc andwashed twice with 1M aqueous HCl and Brine. The organic layer was driedover MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The desired sulfamate wasprecipitated from EtOH/H₂O to provide4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (520 mg, 39%). The mother liquor was concentratedin vacuo and further purified by column chromatography (50→100%EtOAc/hexanes) to provide additional sulfamate. Precipitation fromEtOH/H₂O provided4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (244 mg, 18%): LCMS found 659.0 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester in CH₂Cl₂ (0.9 mL) was added 4M HCl in dioxane(4.5 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h beforeconcentration in vacuo. The crude amine was redissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (2.3mL), to which was added HATU (224 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.25 equiv.),2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (134 mg, 0.58 mmol,1.25 equiv.) and DIPEA (0.4 mL, 2.29 mmol, 5 equiv.). The resultingsolution was stirred at room temperature for 14 h before dilution withCH₂Cl₂. The organic layer was washed twice with 1M aqueous HCl andBrine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude productwas triterated with EtOH/H₂O to provide Compound 51 (298 mg, 84%): ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.19(s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.53 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 5.31(d, 1H), 5.14 (d, 1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 4.26 (d, 1H), 4.07(m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.89 (m, 4H),1.59 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 1.04 (s, 9H),0.97 (t, 3H), 0.69 (m, 2H); LCMS found 772.09 [M+H]⁺.

Example 52

2-[1-(1-Isopropyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 51. Treatment of2-(1-carboxy-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester with sulfamic acid 1-isopropyl-cyclopropyl ester,synthesized according to the method presented in the synthesis ofsulfamic acid phenyl ester in Example 1 utilizing 1-isopropylcyclopropanol, yielded the desired sulfamic ester.

Compound 52 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 51. Treatment of the2-[1-(1-Isopropyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (320 mg, 0.49 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid to provide compound52 as a white solid (150 mg), ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.25 (s, 1H),8.11 (d, 1H), 57.89 (d, 1H), 57.30 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H),5.84 (m, 1H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.09 (m,4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 2.27-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.481.27-1.59 (m,10H), 1.07-0.93 (m, 15H), 0.77-0.71 (m, 5H). LCMS found 773 [M+H]⁺.

Example 53

To the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (181 mg, 0.253 mmol) Rh/AlO₃ (37.2 mg, 5 wt %) wasadded and the mixture was suspended in EtOAc (4.5 mL) and EtOH (1.0 mL).The reaction flask was flushed with H₂ gas and the reaction was allowedto stir at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere for 3 h. Thereaction was filtered through a syringe tip filter (0.45 μM) and washedwith ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated and then filtered through aC-18 RP SPE column (Phenomenex Strata, 1 g) and washed with methanol.The filtrate was concentrated and purified on silica (12 g, 0-7%MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to give2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (151 mg, 83%). LCMS found 619.1 [M+H]⁺.

2-(1-Cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.2 mL)and HCl in dioxane (4N, 0.2 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed tostir at room temperature for 2 h before it was concentrated. The solidresidue was dissolved in DCM (0.8 mL) andtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclohexyl-acetic acid (23 mg, 0.1 mmol) wasadded followed by HATU (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) and NMM (0.027 mL, 0.24 mmol).The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. Thereaction was neutralized with HCl (1N) and partitioned between H₂O (3mL) and DCM (5 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×5 mL)and the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by reverse phaseHPLC (25-100% CH₃CN/H₂O+0.1% TFA) to give Compound 53 as a white solid(44 mg, 70%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H),7.89 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H),4.54 (m, 2H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H),2.34 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.62 (m, 10H), 1.24 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s,6H), 1.10-0.96 (m, 6H), 0.77 (m, 2H). LCMS found 759 [M+H]⁺.

Example 54

Compound 54 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 53. Treatment of the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing 3tert-butoxycarbonylamino-(1-methyl-cyclohexyl)-acetic acid to provideCompound 54 as a white solid (40 mg, 65%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ9.11 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H),7.14 (d, 1H), 5.85 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.07 (m, 1H),3.95 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.13 (m,15H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 1.06 (s, 6H), 0.97 (m, 3H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found773 [M+H]⁺.

Example 55 and 56

Compound 55 and 56 were prepared according to the method presented inthe synthesis of Compound 53 Treatment of the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(4,4-difluoro-cyclohexyl)-acetic acid toprovide Compound 55 and Compound 56 (purified by chiral HPLC (ChiralpakAS-H, Heptane:Ethanol 80:20)) both as a white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) for Compound 55: δ 8.80 (m, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.42(d, 1H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.67(m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.71(m, 1H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.34 (m, 13H), 1.25 (s, 9H),0.99-0.92 (m, 6H), 0.76 (s, 2H). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) for Compound56: δ 9.90 (m, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.43 (m,1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.51 (m,1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.43 (m,1H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.51 (m, 13H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.01 (m, 6H), 0.75(s, 2H). LCMS found 795 [M+H]⁺.

Example 57

Compound 57 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 53. Treatment of the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.16 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4,4,4-trifluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-butyricacid to provide Compound 57 as a white solid (80 mg, 60%). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.1 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H),7.13 (d, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.99-6.82 (m, 2H), 5.95 (m, 1H), 5.42 (m,1H), 5.15 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.10 (m, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.86 (m, 1H),2.68-2.46 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 9H), 0.99-0.92 (m, 6H),0.73 (m, 2H). LCMS found 827 [M+H]⁺.

Example 58

Amino-(4-tetrahydropyranyl)acetic acid (3.18 g, 20 mmol) was dissolvedin 2N NaOH (20 mL) and THF (5 mL), benzyl chloroformate (3.6 mL, 25mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperaturefor 16 h. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL), the aqueouslayer was acidified with HCl (6N) to pH 3 and the aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (5×30 mL) and the combined organic layers werewashed with brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give thecrude carbamate as a white solid (5.8 g, 99%).

Benzyloxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (5 g, 17mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (77 mL) and toluene (8.5 mL),trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0M in Hexane) (35 mL) was added slowly.The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. Afterconcentrated, the crude product was purified on silica (40 g, 25-75%EtOAc/hexanes) to give the methyl ester as white solid (4 g, 77%).

Benzyloxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester(4 g, 13 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (45 mL) and 0.2 M NaHCO₃(90 mL). The resulting solution was treated with Alcalase (1 mL) and thereaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 24 h. untilabout 47% of methyl ester has been consumed as determined by HPLC. Afterconcentrated to remove acetonitrile, the reaction mixture was extractedwith hexane (2×100 mL), the aqueous phase was acidified with 6N HCl topH 3 and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic phase were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give thedesired chiral acid (1.5 g, 40%).

Benzyloxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (900 mg, 3.1mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (60 mL) 10% Pd—C (300 mg) and Boc₂O (810 mg,3.7 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at roomtemperature under H₂ balloon for 24 h. After filtration through celite,and washed with ethanol and water, concentrated to remove all solventsto give the intermediatetert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (640 mg,81%).

Compound 58 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 53. Treatment of the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid to provideCompound 58 as a white solid (41 mg, 66%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ9.30 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H),7.14 (d, 1H), 5.86 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H),3.94 (s, 3H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H),1.68-1.30 (m, 12H), 1.24 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 6H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found761 [M+H]⁺.

Example 59

To a cooled solution of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (94.4 g, 0.468 mol)in CH₂Cl₂ (800 mL) was added 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-methyl-propan-2-ol (50 g,0.39 mol) in one portion. Pyridine (75.7 mL, 0.936 mol) was addeddropwise while the solution was maintained at 0° C. After the additionwas complete, the solution was let warm to room temperature. After 12 hstirring, the solution was acidified with aqueous 1N HCl, washed withwater and saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, dried over Na2SO4. After removal ofsolvent, the residue was crystallized from a mixture EtOAc/hexanes(1:1). The solid was mixed with 2× silica gel and eluted by columnchromatography (CH₂Cl₂/hexanes, 1:3) to provide the desired carbonate asa white solid (25 g, 22%).

Benzyloxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (500 mg, 1.7mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) 10% Pd—C (90 mg) was added. Theresulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature under H₂balloon for 2 h. After filtration through celite, and washed withethanol and water, concentrated to remove all solvents to give the aminoacid (244 mg, 90%).

Amino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (80 mg, 0.5 mmol) wasdissolved in CH₃CN (5 mL) and H₂O (1 mL), carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenylester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (175 mg, 0.6 mmol) andDIEA (88 μL, 0.5 mmol) were added slowly. The reaction was allowed tostir at room temperature for 16 h. After concentrated, diluted withEtOAc, washed with brine and H₂O, dried over Na2SO4, the crude productwas purified on silica (12 g, 25-75% EtOAc/hexanes) to give intermediate(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid as light yellow solid (110 mg, 70%).

Compound 59 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 53. Treatment of the trifluoroacetate salt of2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.16 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid to provide Compound 59 as a white solid (85 mg, 65%). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.2 (m, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H), 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H),7.21 (m, 1H), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 5.99 (m, 1H), 5.52 (m, 1H),4.77 (m, 4H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H),3.40 (m, 2H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 1H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.28 (m,13H), 0.98 (m, 6H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found 815 [M+H]⁺.

Example 60

L-cyclopropyl glycine (500 mg, 4.34 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous NaOHsolution (2N, 4.4 mL) and the reaction was cooled to 0° C. Di-tert-butyldicarbonate (1.14 g, 5.2 mmol) was added portion wise and the reactionwas allowed to stir for 0.5 h at 0° C. and then for 2 h at roomtemperature. The reaction was acidified using concentrated HCl andextracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layers were dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude white solid was recrystallized inEtOAc and Hexane and the resulting white solidtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropyl-acetic acid was dried under-vacuum.LCMS found 213.8 [M−H]⁻.

2-(2-Ethyl-1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (3.1 g, 6.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (36 mL) andMeOH (12 mL). LiOH (730 mg, 30.5 mmol) was dissolved in H₂O (12 mL) andthe resulting solution was added to the reaction flask. The reaction wasallowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction solution wasacidified with HCl (1N) and extracted with EtOAc (3×250 mL). Thecombined organic layers were washed with H₂O (100 mL), and brine (100mL) and dried over Na₂SO₄, before being concentrated and dried on highvacuum. The crude residue was dissolved in DMF (61 mL) and HATU (3.5 g,9.2 mmol) was added followed by diisoproylethylamine (1.6 mL, 9.2 mmol)and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min at roomtemperature. Sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester was added followedby DBU (3.65 mL, 24.4 mmol) and the reaction was allowed to stir for 16h at room temperature. The reaction was acidified with HCl (1N) and thenextracted with EtOAc (3×250 mL) and the combined organic layers werewashed with brine (1×100 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. Thecrude residue was purified on silica (330 g, 50-80% EtOAc/Hexanes) andthen triturated with DCM (5 mL) and hexanes (20 mL) to give theacylsulfamate as a white solid (2.3 g, 60%). LCMS found 633.1 [M+H]⁺.

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (109 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.53 mL)and HCl in dioxane (4N, 0.53 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed tostir at room temperature for 2.5 h before it was concentrated. The solidresidue was dissolved in DCM (1.7 mL) andtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropyl-acetic acid (41 mg, 0.19 mmol) wasadded followed by HATU (98.7 mg, 0.26 mmol) and n-methylmorpholine(0.057 mL, 0.52 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 2 h. The reaction was neutralized with HCl (1N) andpartitioned between H₂O (3 mL) and DCM (5 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with DCM (2×5 mL) and the combined organic layers were washedwith brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude residue waspurified on silica (12 g, 50-100% EtOAc/hexanes), and then by reversephase HPLC (25-100% CH₃CN/H₂O+0.1% TFA) to give Compound 60 as a whitesolid (115.7 mg, 81%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.17 (m, 1H), 8.12 (d,1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 5.81 (m,1H), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.81 (m,1H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.63 (m, 7H), 1.16-1.63 (m, 13H),0.93-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.63 (s, 2H), 0.40-0.51 (m, 4H). LCMS found 730.8[M+H]⁺.

Example 61

Commercially available L-cyclopropyl glycine (500.8 mg, 4.35 mmol) wasdissolved in CH₃CN (30 mL), H₂O (4 mL), and MeOH (4 mL). Carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (1.91 g,6.52 mmol) was added followed by DIPEA (1.89 mL, 10.9 mmol). Thereaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for three days. Thereaction was acidified and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organiclayer was mixed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (100 mL) and the layerswere separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL) andthe organic was discarded. The aqueous layer was acidified with HCl (1N)and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed withbrine (30 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to producecyclopropyl-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid (797.6 mg, 68%). LCMS found 267.7 [M−H]⁻.

Compound 61 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 60. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted forscale and with the exception of utilizingcyclopropyl-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid, to provide Compound 61 as a white solid (98.0 mg, 69%): ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.19 (m, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d,1H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 5.79 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.37 (m,1H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m,1H), 1.42-1.62 (m, 10H), 1.16-1.29 (m, 7H), 0.93 (m, 3H), 0.38-0.62 (m,6H). ¹⁹F NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): 6-78.14, −88.53. %). LCMS found 784.1[M+H]⁺.

Example 62

Compound 62 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 60. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted forscale and with the exception of utilizing(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid, to provide Compound 62 as a white solid (79 mg, 70%). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H),7.23 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 5.85 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H),3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.32 (m, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m,1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 10H), 1.42 (m, 3H), 1.33 (m, 4H), 1.16(s, 6H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.71 (m, 2H). LCMS found 829 [M+H]⁺.

Example 63

(S)-(+)-3-Hydroxy-tetrahydrofuran (0.88 mL, 13 mmol) was dissolved inDCM (5 mL) and H₂O (40 mL), carbonic acid bis-(4-nitro-phenyl) ester(5.8 g 19 mmol) and TEA (2.8 mL, 20 mmol) were added slowly. Thereaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 24 h. Afterconcentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and H₂O, dried overNa₂SO₄, the crude product was purified on silica (12 g, 25-75%EtOAc/hexanes) to give carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl estertetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester as light yellow solid (2.3 g, 71%).

Cyclopropyl-[(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)]-acetic acid wasprepared according to the method presented in the synthesis of theintermediate3,3-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid inExample 62. Treatment of amino-cyclopropyl-acetic acid with carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester occurred under thesame conditions, adjusted for scale, to provide the desiredcyclopropyl-[(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)]-acetic acid.

Compound 63 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 60. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted forscale and with the exception of utilizingcyclopropyl-[(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)]-acetic acid, toprovide Compound 63 as a white solid (79 mg, 75%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 9.22 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.22(s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 5.86 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.38(m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 4H), 2.60(m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.59 (m, 10H), 1.31-1.21 (m,4H), 1.01-0.96 (m, 3H), 0.67 (s, 2H), 0.57-0.45 (m, 4H). LCMS found 745[M+H]⁺.

Example 64

A solution of2-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (prepared as described in Example 27; 0.50 g, 0.98mmol) in THF (3 mL) was treated with 4M HCl in dioxanes (1.2 mL, 4.9mmol) at rt. After 4 h, additional2-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (0.30 g, 0.58 mmol) and 4M HCl/dioxane solution (5mL) were added. After an additional 4 h, the solvent was removed invacuo and the resulting foamy white solid was taken up in DMF (3 mL) andtreated with tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-cyclohexyl-acetic acid (0.55 g,2.1 mmol), HATU (1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) and DIPEA (0.78 mL, 4.5 mmol) at rtand allowed to age overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted in EtOAcand washed consecutively with saturated NaHCO₃, brine and then driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄. After concentration in vacuo, the residue waspurified via column chromatography on SiO₂ (0-75% EtOAc/hex) to produce1.0 g (89% over two steps) of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester as an off-white solid. LCMS found 651.1 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 64 was produced analogously to the conversion of2-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester to4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester detailed in Example 29 with appropriate adjustmentof reagent quantities for scale. Utilizing this sequence,1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-cyclohexyl-acetyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.80 g, 1.8 mmol) was converted to Compound 64. Thecrude product was taken up in MeOH (−320 mg/mL) and 1 mL of thissolution was subjected to purification via preparatory HPLC to afford0.11 g of Compound 64. The remainder of the material was purified viaSiO₂ chromatography (0-5% MeOH/DCM) to afford an additional 0.596 g (57%total over two steps). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.38 (s, 1H); 8.14 (d,1H); 7.88 (d, 1H); 7.33 (d, 1H); 7.23 (s, 1H); 7.15 (d, 1H); 5.84 (s,1H); 5.75 (dd, 1H); 5.31 (d, 1H); 5.13 (d, 1H); 4.53 (m, 2H); 4.05 (m,2H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 2.60 (m, 1H); 2.35 (m, 1H); 2.24 (m, 1H); 1.92-1.60(m, 6H); 1.67 (s, 3H); 1.41 (m, 1H); 1.38-0.91 (m, 8H); 1.21 (s, 9H);0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 770.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 65

tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopentyl-acetate dicyclohexylammonium salt(2.85 g, 6.6 mmol; commercially available from Bachem) was dissolved in1M HCl. Immediate EtOAc extractions were washed with brine and driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄. Following concentration in vacuo,tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopentyl-acetic acid was isolated as a whitefoamy solid (1.6 g, quant) and was used without further purification.LCMS found 241.9 [M−H]⁻.

Compound 65 was prepared analogously to the method described forCompound 51. Following HCl/dioxane deprotection of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester,(2-ethyl-1-{[4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester (HCl salt, 0.50 g, 0.84 mmol) wasimmediately taken up in DMF (5 mL) and treated withtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopentyl-acetic acid (0.243 g, 1.0 mmol),HATU (0.48 g, 1.3 mmol) and DIPEA (0.73 mL, 4.2 mmol). Following workupand purification by preparatory HPLC, 0.10 g (16%) of Compound 65 wasisolated as a white powder. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.22 (br s, 1H);8.19 (d, 1H); 7.92 (d, 1H); 7.36 (d, 1H); 7.22 (m, 1H); 7.25-7.00 (m,2H); 6.16, br s, 1H); 5.11 (m, 1H); 4.66 (br d, 1H); 4.53 (m, 1H); 4.17(br d, 1H); 4.05-3.90 (br s, 1H); 3.96 (s, 3H); 2.65 (m, 2H); 2.23 (m,1H); 1.94-1.43 (m, 11H); 1.43-1.10 (m, 6H); 1.12 (s, 9H); 0.90 (m, 7H);0.61 (m, 3H). LCMS found 786.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 66

Compound 66 was prepared analogously to the method described forCompound 65, substituting tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclohexyl-aceticacid and with appropriate adjustments for scale. Compound 66 (3.5 mg,0.2%) was recovered after preparatory HPLC purification as a whitesolid. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.39 (br s, 1H); 8.14 (d, 1H); 7.92(d, 1H); 7.12 (d, 1H); 7.18 (m, 1H); 7.08 (m, 2H); 6.11 (s, 1H); 5.20(m, 1H); 4.51 (m, 2H); 4.14 (m, 1H); 4.03 (m, 1H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 2.62(m, 2H); 1.96-1.44 (m, 11H); 1.42-0.96 (m, 9H); 1.19 (s, 9H); 0.90 (m,6H); 0.62 (m, 2H). LCMS found 800.5 [M]⁺.

Example 67

Compound 67 was prepared analogously to the method described forCompound 51. Treatment of(1-cyclopentyl-2-{4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester with tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopentyl-aceticacid under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, followingpurification via preparatory HPLC provided 0.150 g (32% over threesteps) of Compound 67. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.17 (d, 1H); 7.88 (d,1H); 7.34 (d, 1H); 7.24 (s, 1H); 7.16 (m, 1H); 5.38 (br s, 1H); 5.74 (m,1H); 5.31 (d, 1H); 5.13 (d, 1H); 4.68-4.51 (m, 2H); 4.05 (m, 2H); 3.94(s, 3H); 2.62 (m, 1H); 2.36 (m, 2H); 2.24 (m, 1H); 1.87 (m, 2H); 1.76(m, 2H); 1.57 (m, 6H); 1.46-1.08 (m, 6H); 1.18 (s, 9H); 0.96 (t, 3H);0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found 782.15 [M−H]⁻.

Example 68

Compound 68 was prepared analogously to the method described forCompound 51. Treatment of(1-cyclopentyl-2-{4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-propyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester with tert-butoxycarbonylaminocyclohexylacetic acidunder the same conditions, adjusted for scale, following purificationvia preparatory HPLC provided 0.200 g (58% over three steps) of Compound68. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H); 8.12 (d, 1H); 7.87 (d, 1H);7.27 (d, 1H); 7.19 (s, 1H); 7.12 (d, 1H); 5.83 (m, 1H); 5.75 (m, 1H);5.30 (d, 1H); 5.13 (d, 1H); 4.58-4.44 (m, 2H); 4.12-4.00 (m, 2H); 3.92(s, 3H); 2.59 (m, 1H); 2.34 (m, 1H); 2.23 (m, 1H); 2.00-1.50 (m, 11H);1.46-1.00 (m, 8H); 1.24 (s, 9H); 0.96 (t, 3H); 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found798.5 [M+H]⁺.

Example 69

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.4 mL)and HCl in dioxane (4N, 0.4 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed tostir at room temperature for 2 h before it was concentrated. The solidresidue was dissolved in DCM (1 mL) andtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclohexyl-acetic acid (52 mg, 0.2 mmol) wasadded followed by HATU reagent (92 mg, 0.24 mmol) and n-methylmorpholine(0.053 mL, 0.48 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 16 h. The reaction was neutralized with HCl (1N) andpartitioned between H₂O (3 mL) and DCM (5 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with DCM (2×5 mL) and the combined organic layers were washedwith brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude residue waspurified on silica (12 g, 50-100% EtOAc/hexanes), and then by reversephase HPLC (25-100% CH₃CN/H₂O+0.1% TFA) to give Compound 69 as a whitesolid (55 mg, 45%). ¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.25 (s, 1H), δ 8.15 (d,1H), δ 7.89 (d, 1H), δ 7.32 (d, 1H), δ 7.22 (s, 1H), δ 7.15 (d, 1H), δ5.83 (m, 1H), δ 4.89 (m, 1H), δ 4.54 (m, 2H), δ 4.06 (m, 2H), δ 3.93 (m,3H), δ 2.60 (m, 1H), δ 2.37 (m, 1H), 61.87-1.53 (m, 13H), δ 1.32-1.10(m, 15H), δ 0.97-0.69 (m, 7H). LCMS found 772 [M+H]⁺.

Example 70 and 71

2-[2-Ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.0.08 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.2 mL)and HCl in dioxane (4N, 0.2 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed tostir at room temperature for 2.5 h before it was concentrated. The solidresidue was dissolved in DCM (0.8 mL) andtert-Butoxycarbonylamino-(1,1-dioxo-hexahydro-116-thiopyran-4-yl)-aceticacid (31 mg, 0.1 mmol) was added followed by HATU reagent (46 mg, 0.2mmol) and n-methylmorpholine (0.027 mL, 0.24 mmol). The reaction wasallowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction wasneutralized with HCl (1N) and partitioned between H₂O (3 mL) and DCM (5mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2×5 mL) and the combinedorganic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated. The crude residue was purified by chiral HPLC (ChiralpakAS-H, Heptane:Ethanol 80:20) to give two compounds 70 and 71, both aswhite solids: ¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) for Compound 70: δ 9.37 (s, 1H), δ8.14 (d, 1H), δ 7.89 (d, 1H), δ 7.31 (d, 1H), δ 7.23 (s, 1H), δ 7.15 (m,1H), δ 5.87 (m, 1H), δ 4.55 (m, 2H), δ 4.20 (m, 1H), δ 4.09 (m, 1H), δ3.94 (s, 3H), δ 3.16-2.99 (m, 4H), δ 2.61 (m, 1H), δ 2.36 (m, 1H), δ2.13 (m, 3H), 81.86-1.55 (m, 10H), δ 1.36-1.10 (m, 13H), 81.02-0.96 (m,3H), 80.72 (m, 2H).

¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD 3) for Compound 71: δ 9.15 (s, 1H), δ 8.06 (d,1H), δ 7.94 (d, 1H), δ 7.32 (d, 1H), δ 7.25 (s, 1H), δ 7.21 (m, 1H), δ5.86 (m, 1H), δ 4.65 (m, 1H), δ 4.35-4.03 (m, 3H), δ 3.95 (s, 3H), δ2.68-2.25 (m, 5H), δ 2.06 (m, 1H), δ1.86-1.26 (m, 26H), δ1.01-0.96 (m,3H), 80.72 (m, 2H). LCMS-found 823 [M+H]⁺.

Example 72

Compound 72 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 69. Treatment of the2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (150 mg, 0.24 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid to provideCompound 72 as a white solid (128 mg), 1H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.30(s, 1H), δ 8.13 (d, 1H), δ 7.89 (d, 1H), δ 7.30 (d, 1H), δ 7.22 (s, 1H),δ 7.14 (d, 1H), δ 5.85 (m, 1H), δ 4.56 (m, 2H), δ 4.11 (m, 2H), δ 3.94(s, 3H), δ 3.88 (m, 2H), δ 3.40 (m, 2H), δ 2.61 (m, 1H), δ 2.37 (m, 1H),δ 2.15 (m, 1H), δ1.71-1.17 (m, 2H),), δ 0.98 (m, 3H), δ 0.70 (m, 2H).LCMS found 775 [M+H]⁺.

Example 73

Compound 73 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 69. Treatment of the4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-2-[1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (158 mg, 0.25 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid to provideCompound 73 as a white solid (50 mg), 1H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.45(s, 1H), δ 8.14 (d, 1H), δ 7.90 (d, 1H), δ 7.31 (d, 1H), δ 7.23 (s, 1H),δ 7.14 (d, 1H), δ 5.86 (m, 1H), δ 5.74 (m, 1H), 5.36 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d,1H), δ 4.58 (m, 2H), δ 4.10 (m, 2H), δ 3.94 (s, 3H), δ 3.87 (m, 2H), δ3.39 (m, 2H), δ 2.62 (m, 1H), δ 2.30 (m, 2H), δ 2.22 (m, 1H), δ 1.90 (m,1H), 61.68-1.13 (m, 2H), δ 0.69 (m, 2H). LCMS found 772 [M+H]⁺.

Example 74

Compound 74 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 69. Treatment of the2-[1-(1-isopropyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (160 mg, 0.25 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid to provideCompound 74 as a white solid (60 mg), 1H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.42(s, 1H), δ 8.13 (d, 1H), δ 7.89 (d, 1H), δ 7.30 (d, 1H), δ 7.23 (s, 1H),δ 7.15 (d, 1H), δ 5.86 (m, 1H), δ 5.74 (m, 1H), LCMS found 801[M+H]⁺.

Example 75

Compound 75 was prepared according to the method presented Example 42.Treatment of2-(1-Carboxy-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (744 mg, 1.49 mmol) under the same conditionsadjusted for scale and with the exceptions of utilizing sulfamic acid1-isopropyl-cyclopropyl ester (547 mg, 3.05 mmol) andtert-Butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (86 mg,0.33 mmol) provided Compound 75 (146 mg, 47%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz)δ 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H),6.70 (d, 1H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 4.49-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.93(s, 3H), 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.18 (m, 1H),2.13-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.67 (m, 5H), 1.28-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 9H),1.17 (m, 2H), 1.03 (d, 6H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.79 (m, 2H); LCMS found801.98 [M+H]⁺.

Example 76

Compound 76 was prepared by the same method as for Compound 60.Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted forscale and with the exception of utilizingtert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopentyl-acetic acid and subsequentpurification produced Compound 76 as a white solid (63.7 mg, 76%) as afree base: 1H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.06 (d, 1H), δ 7.84 (d, 1H), δ7.20 (d, 1H), δ 7.14 (s, 1H), δ 7.05 (d, 1H), δ 6.63 (m, 1H), δ 5.79 (m,1H), δ 4.50 (m, 1H), δ 3.98-4.10 (m, 2H), 63.88 (s, 3H), 682.51 (m, 1H),62.28 (m, 2H), δ1.40-1.73 (m, 13H), δ 1.08-1.27 (m, 14H), δ 0.94 (m,3H), δ 0.62 (m, 2H). LCMS found 758.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 77

Compound 26 was (102 mg, 0.116 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxanes(2 mL) for 40 min. Solvents were removed and the crude residue dried.The resultant residue was dissolved in THF (3 mL) to which carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (51 mg,0.174 mmol) and TEA (97 μL, 0.348 mmol) were added sequentially. After1.5 h at room temperature, the reaction was heated to 50° C. for 1 h.The reaction was purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide Compound 77(42 mg, 39%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) 10.33 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.02(d, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 6.91 (bs, 1H), 5.94 (bs, 1H), 5.19(d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.97(m, 3H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.60 (m, 3H), 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.31(s, 3H), 1.04 (m, 15H), 0.74 (m, 2H); LCMS found 820.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 78

Compound 27 (175 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (1 mL) andtreated with 4N HCl in dioxanes (1 mL). After stirring for 45 min atroom temperature, solvents were removed in vacuo. The resultant residuewas dissolved in THF/H₂O (6:1, 1.2 mL) to which carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (77 mg,0.26 mmol) and TEA (74 μL, 0.52 mmol) were added sequentially. After 24h at room temperature, the reaction was heated to 40° C. for 12 h. Thereaction was diluted with H₂O and acidified with 1N aqueous HCl. Thesolution was extracted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl,and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, the crudeproduct was purified by reverse phase column chromatography on C18(30-95% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) to provide the desired product Compound 78 (135mg, 72%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d,1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m,1H), 5.32 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m,2H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 1.91 (m,1H), 1.47 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m,2H); LCMS found 784.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 79

Compound 79 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of Compound 28. Treatment of Compound 78 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided the desired product (40 mg, 85%):¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.28(d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 5.81 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.47(m, 1H), 4.22-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H),2.30 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.66 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.15-1.25(m, 3H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.77 (m, 2H); LCMS found 786.0[M+H]⁺.

Example 80

Compound 80 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of Compound 77. Treatment of Compound 30 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided the desired product (165 mg,35%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d,1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m,1H), 4.48 (d, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m,1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.62 (m, 7H), 1.20-1.34 (m, 6H),1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.69 (m, 2H); LCMS found 800.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 81

To a solution of 1-methyl-cyclopropanol (1.25 g, 17.4 mmol) inacetonitrile (44 mL) was added carbonic acidbis-(2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl) ester (6.68 g, 26.1 mmol) andtriethylamine (7.3 mL, 52.3 mmol). The reaction was stirred at roomtemperature for 21 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc andwashed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ (2×) and brine. The organic layerwas dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica (15→50%→100% Hex/EtOAc) to providecarbonic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester(722.8 mg, 19%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 2.83 (s, 4H), 1.63 (s, 3H),1.10 (m, 2H), 0.73 (m, 2H).

To a solution of2-(2-ethyl-1-methoxycarbonyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (647 mg, 1.26 mmol) was added HCl (12.5 mL, 4M indioxanes). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and theconcentrated in vacuo. The resulting amine was dissolved in DMF (6.3mL), to which was added Boc-tert-Leu-OH (367 mg, 1.58 mmol), HATU (958mg, 2.52 mmol) and NMM (0.7 mL, 6.29 mmol). The resulting solution wasstirred at room temperature for 17 h, and then diluted with EtOAc. Thesubsequent slurry was washed with aqueous HCl (1N) and brine. Theaqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc. The resulting organic layerswere combined, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography on silica (15→50→100% Hex/EtOAc) toprovide the desired intermediate (0.332 g, 42%): LCMS found 626.96([M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (153 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added HCl (2.5 mL, 4M indioxanes). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and theconcentrated in vacuo. The resulting amine was dissolved in THF (2.5 mL)and H₂O (0.4 mL), to which was added triethylamine (0.08 mL, 0.57 mmol)and carbonic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester 1-methyl-cyclopropylester (66 mg, 0.31 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperaturefor 90 min, and then diluted with EtOAc. The subsequent slurry waswashed the H₂O and Brine, and the aqueous layers were backextracted withEtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated to provide the methyl ester which was taken directly intothe next reaction.

To a solution of1-{[1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester in a THF:MeOH:H₂O mixture (3:1:1, 2.5 mL) was addedLiOH (57 mg, 1.36 mmol). The heterogenous mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 72 h, and then diluted with EtOAc. The solution waswashed with aqueous HCl (1N) and Brine, and the aqueous layers werebackextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude acid was dissolved in DMF (1.2 mL),to which was added HATU (140 mg, 0.38 mmol) and DIPEA (0.06 mL, 0.38mmol). The resulting yellow solution was sturred at room temperature for45 min before sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (81 mg, 0.54mmol) and DBU (0.15 mL, 1.00 mmol) were added. The solution was stirredfor an additional 24 h, and then diluted with EtOAc. The resultingslurry was washed with aqueous HCl (1N) and brine. The organic layer wasthen dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude product was purifiedby reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 81(146 mg, 80%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H),7.90 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 5.85 (s, 1H),4.55 (m, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H),2.61 (m, 1H), 2.30 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 5H), 1.32 (s, 3H),1.25 (m, 5H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.68 (m, 4H), 0.50 (m, 2H);LCMS found 744.03 [M+H]⁺.

Example 82

Compound 82 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 81. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (178 mg, 0.25 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-ium chloride (JOC 1968, 33, 1367,28 mg, 0.15 mmol) in a solution of THF (1.25 mL) and DMF (0.5 mL).Purification of the crude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC(30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 82 (31 mg, 32%): ¹H NMR(d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 69.15 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d,1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.50 (d,1H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.07 (d, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.85 (s, 6H), 2.63 (m,1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 5H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 1.25 (m,7H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.68 (m, 2H), LCMS found 789.37 [M+H]⁺.

Example 83

Compound 83 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 81. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (178 mg, 0.25 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing3,3-dimethyl-1-oxo-2,8-dioxa-5-azonia-spiro[4.5]decane chloride (32 mg,0.15 mmol) in a solution of THF (1.25 mL) and DMF (0.5 mL). Purificationof the crude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC (30→90%MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 83 (31 mg, 30%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD,300 MHz) δ 9.18 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.23(s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.21(s, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.42 (m, 4H), 2.62(m, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 5H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 1.25(m, 5H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 1.01 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H); LCMS found 832.18[M+H]⁺.

Example 84

To a solution of Compound 30 (214 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added HCl (3.0 mL,4M in dioxanes). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hand the concentrated in vacuo. A portion of the resulting amine (52 mg)was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.75 mL, to which was added triethylamine (0.05mL, 0.36 mmol) and tert-butyl isocyanate-(0.025 mL, 0.21 mmol). Thesolution was stirred at room temperature for 90 min, and concentrated invacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (30→90%MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 84 (31 mg, 54%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD,300 MHz) δ 9.05 (s, 11H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.21(s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.52 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 4.09(d, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.58(m, 5H), 1.28 (m, 3H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 4H), 0.67(m, 2H); LCMS found 744.93 [M+H]⁺.

Example 85

2-Amino-3,3-dimethyl-butyric acid (551 mg, 4.2 mmol) was dissolved inCH₃CN (15 mL), H₂O (3 mL) and MeOH (3 mL). Carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenylester tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester (1.6 g, 6.3 mmol) and DIEA (1.46 mL,8.4 mmol) were added. This reaction mixture was allowed to stir at roomtemperature for 16 h. After concentrated, diluted with EtOAc, washedwith brine and H₂O, dried over Na₂SO₄, the crude product was purified onsilica (12 g, 25-75% EtOAc/hexanes) to give intermediate3,3-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid as awhite solid (670 mg, 65%).

Compound 85 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 63. Treatment of2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tent-butyl ester occurred under the same conditions, adjusted forscale and with the exception of utilizing3,3-dimethyl-2-(tetrahydro-furan-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid, toprovide Compound 85 as a white solid (84 mg, 78%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.23(s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H),4.44-4.05 (m, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.70 (m, 4H), 2.60(m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 2H),1.35-1.21 (m, 4H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.99 (m, 3H), 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found761 [M+H]⁺.

Example 86

Compound 86 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 29 (200 mg, 0.27 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (157mg, 0.54 mmol, 2 equiv.) and triethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.34 mmol, 5equiv.) provided Compound 86 (102 mg, 51%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz)

8.11 (d, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.28 (m, 3H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 5.33 (d,1H), 5.18 (d, 1H) 4.43-4.65 (m, 2H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.07 (d, 1H), 3.93(s, 3H), 2.57-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.38 (m, 2H) 1.91 (d, 1H), 1.68 (s,3H), 1.44 (s, 4H), 1.22 (s, 9H), 1.07 (s, 6H), 0.68 (s, 2H); LCMS found798.00 [M+H]⁺.

Example 87

Compound 87 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 29 (150 mg, 0.20 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using tert-butylisocyanate (0.07 mL, 0.60 mmol, 3 equiv.) and triethylamine (0.14 mL,1.0 mmol, 5 equiv.) provided Compound 87 (80 mg, 54%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD,300 MHz)

8.17 (d, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.05-7.29 (m, 3H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 5.31 (d,1H), 5.12 (d, 1H), 4.41-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.10 (d, 1H), 3.92(s, 3H), 2.51-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.69(s, 4H), 1.38-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 11H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.67 (s, 2H);LCMS found 742.95 [M+H]⁺.

Example 88

To a dry, argon purged three-neck round bottom flask (1000 mL) wereadded anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) and Et₂Zn (28 mL, 273 mmol) at0° C. (CAUTION: Source of argon can not be from needle. Use appropriateglass adapter only. A second bubbler can also be attached to the flaskto prevent excessive pressure build up.) Cyclopenten-3-ol (10.0 mL, 119mmol) was then added dropwise (large quantity of ethane gas wasproduced) to the flask and the reaction mixture was allowed to stiruntil the evolution of gas had ceased. Diiodomethane (22 mL, 242 mmol)was then added dropwise over a period of 30 min. The reaction wasallowed to warm to room temperature and continued to stir overnightunder a positive flow of argon, at which point TLC analysis hadindicated complete disappearance of the starting alcohol. The reactionwas then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and quenched with 2M HCl (white precipitateshould be completely dissolved). The biphasic mixture was poured into aseparatory funnel and the organic layer was collected. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure until 100 mL of material remained.

Anhydrous dichloromethane (525 mL) was added to the flask followed bythe dropwise addition of triethylamine (34 mL, 245 mmol). The reactioncontinued to stir at room temperature under a positive flow of nitrogenat which point, disuccinimidylcarbonate (40.7 g, 159 mmol) was added tothe flask portion wise. The reaction was allowed to stir until TLCanalysis indicated complete disappearance of the starting material (2-3days). Reaction rate can be accelerated by increasing the reactiontemperature to 45° C. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was quenchedwith 1M HCl (200 mL) and washed with H₂O (200 mL). The desired materialwas extracted using CH₂Cl₂ and the combined organic layers were driedusing anhydrous MgSO₄ and passed through a silica plug. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure and the crude material was purified usingflash chromatography (1:1 Hex/EtOAc) to provide carbonic acidbicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (22 g,75%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 5.24 (t, 1H), 3.82 (s, 4H), 2.24 (m,2H), 2.03 (d, 2H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 0.48 (m, 1H), 0.40 (m, 1H).

Compound 88 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (53 mg, 0.072 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (35mg, 0.15 mmol, 2 equiv.) provided Compound 88 (48 mg, 87%): ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) □ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d,1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.67 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m,1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.25 (s, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.62 (m,1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.47-1.59 (m, 6H),1.20-1.35 (m, 6H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 3H), 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.38 (m,2H); LCMS found 770.03 [M+H]⁺.

Example 89

Compound 89 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (75 mg, 0.10 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of usingisopropylchloroformate (1 M in toluene, 0.2 mL, 0.20 mmol, 2 equiv.)provided Compound 89 (51 mg, 69%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.11 (s,1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d,1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.44 (d, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.07 (m,1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.54-1.68(m, 5H), 1.13-1.35 (m, 8H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.66 (m, 2H);LCMS found 732.01 [M+H]⁺.

Example 90

To a solution of 1-methoxy-2-methyl-2-propanol (2.8 mL, 24.0 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂ (80 mL) at 0° C. was added pyridine (2.0 mL, 24.8 mmol, 1.05equiv.) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (4.84 g, 24.0 mmol). Theresulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for 20 h over whichtime the reaction becomes homogenous. The solution was diluted withCH₂Cl₂ and washed with 1M aqueous HCl, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ andbrine. The aqueous layers were extracted with CH₂Cl₂, dried over Na₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (10-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the desired carbonate(5.72 g, 89%): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.71 (d, 2H), 7.71 (d, 2H),3.57 (s, 2H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 1.57 (s, 6H).

Compound 90 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (117 mg, 0.16 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 2-methoxy-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester 4-nitro-phenyl ester (0.17 mg,0.63 mmol) and triethylamine (0.22 mL, 1.58 mmol) and stirring at roomtemp for 18 h provided Compound 90 (91 mg, 75%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz)δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H),7.15 (d, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H),4.06 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H),2.27 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.68 (m, 5H), 1.28-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.22(d, 6H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 5H), 0.68 (m, 2H); LCMS found 775.99[M+H]⁺.

Example 91

Compound 91 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 29 (200 mg, 0.27 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 2-methoxy-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester 4-nitro-phenyl ester (290 mg,1.08 mmol) and triethylamine (0.28 mL, 1.69 mmol) and stirring at roomtemp for 18 h provided Compound 91 (88 mg, 42%); ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 400MHz)

8.16 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H),5.69-5.87 (m, 2H), 5.30 (d, 1H), 5.14 (d, 1H), 4.52-4.57 (m, 1H), 4.46(d, 1H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 4.07 (dd, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.38 (d, 2H), 3.26(s, 3H), 2.62 (dd, 1H), 2.20-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.47(m, 1H), 1.18-1.31 (m, 7H), 0.91-1.16 (m, 11H), 0.66 (t, 2H); LCMS found772.4 [M+H]⁺.

Example 92

Compound 92 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (150 mg, 0.20 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using neopentylchloroformate (0.12 mL, 0.80 mmol) and triethylamine (0.28 mL, 2.01mmol) provided Compound 92 (33 mg, 22%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 400 MHz)

8.10 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H),5.85 (s, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H),3.56 (d, 1H), 3.40 (d, 1H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 1.70 (s, 3H),1.48-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.30 (m, 3H), 1.15 (s, 9H), 0.85 (s, 9H), 0.60-0.75(m, 3H); LCMS found 760.08 [M+H]⁺.

Example 93

Compound 93 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (150 mg, 0.20 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using3,3-dimethylbutyryl chloride (0.11 mL, 0.8 mmol) and triethylamine (0.28mL, 2.01 mmol) provided Compound 93 (86 mg, 58%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 400MHz)

8.05 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H),5.84 (s, 1H) 4.64 (s, 1H), 4.53 (q 1H), 4.42 (d, 1H), 4.10 (dd, 1H),2.58 (dd, 1H), 2.22-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.01 (s, 1H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.64(m, 4H), 1.31 (q, 2H), 1.18-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (t, 3H),0.84 (q, 9H), 0.68-0.72 (m, 2H); LCMS found 744.06 [M+H]⁺.

Example 94

Compound 94 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (60 mg, 0.080 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using1-pyrrolidinecarbonyl chloride (0.022 mL, 0.20 mmol) provided Compound94 (53 mg, 89%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H),7.89 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 5.86 (m, 1H),4.56 (m, 1H), 4.47 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H),3.26 (m, 4H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.69 (s, 3H),1.51-1.66 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.29 (m, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 3H), 0.69(m, 2H); LCMS found 743.00 [M+H]⁺.

Example 95

Compound 95 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 30 (60 mg, 0.080 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using4-morpholinylcarbonyl chloride (0.024 mL, 0.20 mmol) provided Compound95 (58 mg, 95%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H),7.89 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.85 (m, 1H),4.57 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, 1H), 4.45 (s, 1H), 4.11 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H),3.55 (m, 4H), 3.21 (m, 4H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H),1.54-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.34 (m, 3H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.69(m, 2H); LCMS found 758.95 [M+H]⁺.

Example 96

To a solution of phosgene (20% in toluene, 0.089 mL, 0.16 mmol,) andtriethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.85 mmol, 5 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.8 mL) at 0° C.was slowly added 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethylamine hydrochloride(31 mg, 0.19 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at roomtemperature for 15 min to provide2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethylaminecarbonyl chloride and used in thesubsequent reaction.

To a solution of Compound 30 (62 mg, 0.083 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.1 mL) wasadded HCl (0.8 mL, 4M in dioxanes). The reaction was stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 h and the concentrated in vacuo. The resulting aminewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.8 mL) to which was added the solution of2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethylaminecarbonyl chloride (assumed 0.16mmol, 2 equiv). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h,and concentrated in vacuo. Analysis of the crude material by LCMS didnot show complete conversion so the crude material was redissolved inCH₂Cl₂ (0.8 mL) and resubjected to a solution of2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethylaminecarbonyl chloride (assumed 0.084mmol). The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (30→90%MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 96 (30 mg, 45%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD,300 MHz) δ 9.05 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.22(s, 1H), 7.12 (dd, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 1H), 4.06(m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H),1.47-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.18-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.06(s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 3H), 0.67 (m, 2H); LCMS found 799.00 [M+H]⁺.

Example 97

Compound 97 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 51 (161 mg, 0.21 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (124mg, 0.63 mmol, 2 equiv.) provided Compound 97 (89 mg, 52%): ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d,1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.31 (d,1H), 5.14 (d, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.06 (m,1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.58(m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.27 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.97(t, 3H), 0.69 (m, 2H), LCMS found 826.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 98

Compound 98 was prepared according to the methods described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 42 (205 mg, 0.26 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (124mg, 0.63 mmol, 2 equiv.) provided Compound 98 (93 mg, 42%): ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d,1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 4.46 (d,1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.30 (m,1H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.64 (m, 6H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.41 (m, 3H),1.25 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 6H), 0.69 (m, 2H); LCMS found 828.1[M+H]⁺.

Example 99

Compound 99 was prepared analogously to the method described in Example77. Treatment of Compound 69 under appropriate conditions adjusted forscale provided Compound 99 (0.165 g, 42% over two steps). ¹H-NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.42 (br s, 1H); 8.17 (d, 1H); 7.99 (d, 1H); 7.39 (d,1H); 7.26 (d, 1H); 7.12 (br d, 1H); 6.19 (m, 1H); 5.47 (m, 1H); 4.58 (m,1H); 4.50-4.20 (m, 2H); 4.00 (s, 3H); 2.67 (m, 1H); 1.71 (s, 3H);1.85-0.98 (m, 20H); 1.44 (s, 3H); 1.30 (s, 3H); 0.95 (t, 3H); 0.66 (m,2H). LCMS found 826.5 [M+H]⁺.

Example 100

Compound 100 was prepared analogously to the method described in Example84. Treatment of Compound 69 under similar conditions and with theexception of using tert-butyl isocyanate adjusted for scale provided thedesired product (0.070 g, 29% over two steps). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃):δ 10.69 (br s, 1H); 8.16 (d, 1H); 7.94 (d, 1H); 7.33 (d, 1H); 7.24 (d,1H); 7.10 (s, 1H); 6.17 (br s, 1H); 4.54 (m, 1H); 4.34 (m, 2H); 4.22(1H); 3.98 (s, 3H); 2.62 (m, 2H); 1.71 (s, 3H); 1.88-1.54 (m, 10H);1.54-1.00 (m, 10H); 1.25 (s, 9H); 0.95 (t, 3H); 0.65 (m, 2H). LCMS found771.5 [M+H]⁺.

Example 101

Compound 69 (60 mg, 0.078 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.3 mL) then HClin dioxane (4N, 0.3 mL) was added. The reaction was allowed to stir atroom temperature for 2 h before it was concentrated. The solid residuewas dissolved in DCM (1 mL) and carbonic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-ylester 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (28 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added followedby triethylamine (0.055 mL, 0.39 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stirat room temperature for 16b. The reaction was neutralized with HCl (1N)and partitioned between H₂O (3 mL) and DCM (5 mL). The aqueous layer wasextracted with DCM (2×5 mL) and the combined organic layers were washedwith brine and dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The crude residue waspurified on silica (12 g, 50-100% EtOAc/hexanes), and then by reversephase HPLC (25→100% CH₃CN/H₂O+0.1% TFA) to afford compound 101 as awhite solid (51 mg, 85%). 1H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.26 (s, 1H), δ8.15 (d, 1H), δ 7.89 (d, 1H), δ 7.33 (d, 1H), δ 7.24 (s, 1H), δ 7.17 (d,1H), δ 5.86 (m, 1H), δ 4.53 (m, 2H), δ 4.13 (m, 2H), δ 3.94 (s, 3H), δ2.59 (m, 1H), δ 2.34 (m, 1H), δ 1.82-1.09 (m, 22H), δ 0.97 (m, 6H), δ0.69 (m, 4H), δ 0.45 (m, 3H). LCMS found 771 [M+H]⁺.

Example 102

Compound 102 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 60. Treatment of the2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylicacid tert-butyl ester (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizingcyclopentyl-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-aceticacid to provide compound 102 as a white solid (13 mg). 1H MNR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 9.28 (s, 1H), δ 8.13 (d, 1H), δ 7.90 (d, 1H), δ 7.28 (d, 1H),δ 7.21 (s, 1H), δ 7.13 (d, 1H), δ 5.84 (m, 1H), δ 4.60 (m, 2H), δ 4.03(m, 2H), δ 3.94 (s, 3H), δ 2.58 (m, 1H), δ 2.34 (m, 2H), δ 1.90-1.17 (m,26H),), δ 0.98 (m, 3H), δ 0.69 (m, 2H). LCMS found 813 [M+H]⁺.

Example 103

Compound 103 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of1-{[1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.18 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-ethyl-cyclopropyl ester occurredunder the same conditions, adjusted for scale, to afford compound 103(28.7 mg, 20%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H),7.90 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.83 (m, 1H),4.57 (m, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H),2.60 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.91 (q, 2H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.62 (m,4H), 1.20-1.34 (m, 6H), 1.09 (t, 3H) 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.70(m, 2H); LCMS found [M+H]⁺: 814.3.

Example 104

To a solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester (9.585 g, 39.73 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added 1 M BH₃/THF (19.86mL) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for threehours. Upon cooling the reaction to 0° C., water (40 mL) was added,followed by NaBO₃ (9.17 g, 59.6 mmol) and the reaction was warmed toroom temperature for one hour. The solution was diluted with EtOAc andthe layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine,dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by flashchromatography (0→40% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 5.67 g (55%) of thedesired product as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 3.64 (s,3H); 3.55 (m, 2H); 1.86-1.58 (m, 2H); 1.56-1.28 (m, 2H); 1.40 (s, 9H);1.17 (m, 1H).

To a solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (1.6 g, 6.18 mmol) in acetonitrile (60 mL),diisopropylethylamine (6.45 mL, 37.1 mmol), andnonafluoro-1-butanesulfonyl fluoride (2.175 mL, 12.36 mmol) was addediPr₂NEt(HF)₃ (3.15 mL) dropwise. After one hour the reaction was cooledto 0° C. and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate and diluted withEtOAc. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with0.5 M HCl and brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue waspurified by flash chromatography (0-40% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 590 mg(37%) of the intermediate as a clear oil. (520 mg, 1.99 mmol) Thisintermediate was dissolved in a 1 M solution of HCl in dioxanes (6 mL)and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The solvent was removed invacuo to afford 379 mg (96%) of the HCl salt of the1-amino-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester as awhite solid. LCMS found 161.9 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.4 mmol),1-amino-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (87mg, 0.44 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (176 μL, 1.6 mmol) in DMF wasadded HATU (228 mg, 0.6 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambienttemperature for 1 h and the solvent was removed under vacuum. Theresidue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated sodiumbicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residuewas purified by flash chromatography (0→100% EtOAc/hexane) to afford 228mg (88%) of the product as a white foam. LCMS found 645.1 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (228 mg, 0.35 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran and methanol(1:1, 8 mL) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide (42 mg, 1.77 mmol)in water (2 ml). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 4hr and then heated to 40° C. for several hours. The solvent was removedunder vacuum and the solution was diluted with EtOAc and acidified with1 M HCl. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried overMgSO₄ and concentrated to give 183 mg (83%) of the acid intermediate asa white solid. LC/MS: m/z 631.1 [M+H]⁺). The acid was then dissolved inDMF (3 mL) and DIPEA (75 L, 0.44 mmol) to which was added HATU (165 mg,0.44 mmol). To this reaction mixture was then added DBU (170 L, 1.16mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (88 mg, 0.58 mmol)and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. Thesolvent was removed; the residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with1 M HCl, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified byreverse phase HPLC (20→100%, 0.05% TFA modifier) and lyophilized to give96 mg (43%) of compound 104 as a white amorphous solid: ¹H-NMR (CD₃OD,300 MHz) δ 9.11 (s, 1H); 8.07 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H);7.24 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H); 7.16 (b s, 1H); 7.08 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H); 5.79 (b s,1H); 4.49 (m, 2H); 4.41 (b d, J=11 Hz, 1H); 4.33 (t, J=5 Hz, 1H); 4.20(s, 1H); 4.03 (b d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 3.89 (s, 3H); 2.56 (m, 1H); 2.23 (m,1H); 2.02-1.82 (m, 2H); 1.72-1.54 (m, 2H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.34-1.16 (m,1H), 1.23 (s, 9H); 1.08-0.92 (m, 1H); 0.99 (s, 9H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 764.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 105

To a solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (2.9 g, 11.18 mmol) in dichloromethane was addedDess-Martin Periodinane (7.1 g, 16.8 mmol) and the reaction was stirredat ambient temperature for 4 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (350mL) and quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate and sodiumthiosulfate (1:1). The layers were separated and the organic layer waswashed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue waspurified by flash chromatography on silica (0-80% EtOAc/hexane) toafford 2.2 g (76%) of the aldehyde intermediate as a light yellow oil,which was used immediately. To a solution of the aldehyde intermediate(2.2 g, 8.55 mmol) in dichloromethane (80 mL) at 0° C. was addeddiethylaminosulfur trifluoride (2.8 mL, 21.4 mmol) dropwise. Thereaction was warmed to ambient temperature and stirred for 6 hours. Thereaction was quenched at 0° C. by the addition of saturated sodiumbicarbonate and diluted with EtOAc (300 mL). The layers were separated,and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (0-30%EtOAc/hexane) to afford 690 mg (29%) of the intermediate as a lightyellow oil. The intermediate (660 mg, 2.37 mmol) was dissolved in a 1 Msolution of HCl in dioxanes (6 mL) and stirred at room temperature forone hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 519 mg (>99%) ofthe HCl salt of the desired1-amino-2-(2,2-difluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl esteras a yellow solid. LCMS found 180.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 105 was prepared according to the method described for compound104, substituting for intermediate1-amino-2-(2,2-difluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl esterand adjusting appropriately for scale. 155 mg (57%) of the desiredcompound 105 was obtained as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz) δ 9.13 (s, 1H); 8.06 (d, 1H); 7.84 (d, 1H); 7.22 (d, 1H); 7.15 (s,1H); 7.07 (d, 1H); 6.11-5.61 (m, 1H); 5.79 (s, 1H); 4.50 (m, 1H); 4.40(d, 1H); 4.20 (s, 1H); 4.02 (d, 1H); 3.88 (s, 3H); 2.61-2.52 (m, 1H);2.30-2.00 (m, 2H); 1.70-1.54 (m, 2H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.38-1:14 (m, 2H);1.23 (s, 9H); 1.80-0.88 (m, 2H); 0.99 (s, 9H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found782.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 106

To 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (500 mg, 1.93 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (19 mL) was addedDess-Martin periodinane (1.23 g, 2.89 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction wasquenched by the addition of a preformed mixture of saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ and 10% sodium bisulfite (15 mL, 1:1). The mixture was stirredfor 30 min (until evolution of gas ceased) then diluted with CH₂Cl₂. Theorganic phase was collected then washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO₃and saturated aqueous NaCl. After drying over sodium sulfate andconcentration, the crude residue was purified by column chromatographyon silica (20→50% EtOAc/hexane) to provide the aldehyde (496 mg, 100%).LCMS found 257.7 [M+H]⁺.

To 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-oxo-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (496 mg, 1.93 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) and methanol (2mL) was added pyridine (311 μL, 3.86 mmol) and hydroxylaminehydrochloride (134 mg, 1.93 mmol). After stirring for 1 h, the reactionmixture was concentrated then placed on the high-vac for 2 h to affordthe crude oxime, which was used in the next step without furtherpurification. LCMS found 272.7 [M+H]⁺.

To a suspension of the crude oxime1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxyimino-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester in CH₂Cl₂ (13 mL) and pyridine (311 μL, 3.86 mmol) at0° C. was added phenylphosphonic dichloride (540 μL, 3.86 mmol)dropwise. After 1.5 h, the reaction was quenched with saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ then extracted with CH₂Cl₂. After being washed with 10% sodiumsulfate and saturated aqueous NH₄Cl, the organic phase was dried oversodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica (20→50% EtOAc/hexane) to provide thenitrile 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-cyanomethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (270 mg, 55%). LCMS found 254.7 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-cyanomethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 31. Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (387 mg, 0.69 mmol) and1-amino-2-cyanomethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester occurredunder the same conditions, adjusted for scale, to afford the desiredmethyl ester (349 mg, 74%). LCMS found 638.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 106 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 31. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-cyanomethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (560 mg, 0.88 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, to afford compound 106 (201 mg, 30%). ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.25 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.31(d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.45-4.53 (m, 2H),4.22 (s, 1H), 4.07 (d, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.88 (dd, 1H), 2.74 (dd, 1H),2.58-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.31 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H),1.44-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.32 (m, 11H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.86-0.89 (m, 1H),0.67 (s, 2H); LCMS found 757.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 107

Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.6 mmol) was suspended in THF (10mL) at room temperature. NaHMDS (1.0 M in THF, 4.1 mmol) was addeddropwise at room temperature to produce a dark yellow turbid solutionwhich was allowed to stir for 30 min. A THF (6 mL) solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-oxo-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acidmethyl ester was added dropwise to the ylide solution and allowed to ageat room temperature for 30 min. The reaction was partitioned betweenEtOAc and saturated NH₄Cl. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc(3×10 mL) and the combined organics washed with brine, dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by columnchromatography on SiO₂ (0→10% EtOAc/hex) afforded2-allyl-1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester as a colorless film (0.070 g, 15%). (¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ5.90-5.72 (m, 1H); 5.14 (br s, 1H); 5.08-4.94 (m, 2H); 3.71 (s, 3H);2.34 (m, 2H); 1.55 (m, 2H); 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.37 (m, 1H)).

A solution of 2-allyl-1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.27 mmol) in EtOAc (3 mL) was treated with 5%Rh/Al₂O₃ (0.014 mmol Rh). The atmosphere over the reaction was replacedwith a H₂ balloon and the reaction allowed to stir vigorously for 45min. The H₂ was removed and the catalyst removed by filtration through apad of celite. Volatiles were removed in vacuo to afford1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester as a colorless film that was used without further purification(0.069 g, quant). LCMS found 257.8 [M+H]⁺

A solution of 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.27 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with 4M HCl indioxane (2.4 mmol HCl). After 2 h, the volatiles are removed in vacuo toafford 1-amino-2-propyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl esterhydrochloride salt as an amorphous white solid that was used withoutfurther purification (0.053 g, quant). LCMS found 157.9 ([M+H]⁺.

1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (0.33 mmol) and 1-amino-2-propyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester (0.27 mmol) are taken up in DCM (3 mL) and treated subsequentlywith DIPEA (0.68 mmol) and HATU (0.36 mmol). The resulting clear yellowsolution was allowed to age at rt overnight. The volatiles are removedin vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography on silica(5-50% EtOAc/Hex) to produce 0.163 g (78%) of the methyl ester as acolorless film. LCMS found 641.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-propyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.25 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (3 mL)and MeOH (1 mL) and treated with a freshly prepared solution of LiOH(1.6 mmol/1.5 mL H₂O). The resulting solution was heated to 40° C. for 3h. After the solution has cooled to rt, the volatiles are removed invacuo and the residue diluted with H₂O (5 mL). The resulting turbidsolution was extracted once with EtOAc (5 mL), then acidified bydropwise addition of conc. HCl until pH˜3. The resulting aqueoussuspension was extracted with EtOAc until no turbidity remains (3×5 mL).The combined organics are washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and concentrated in vacuo to produce 0.127 g (80%) of the desired acidas a white foam that was used without further purification. LCMS found627.1 [M+H]⁺.

The resultant acid (0.20 mmol) was taken up in DMF (1 mL) and treated atrt with DIPEA (0.30 mmol) and HATU (0.30 mmol). After 30 min, sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (0.41 mmol) and DBU (1.0 mmol) are addedand the reaction allowed to age at rt for 24 h. The volatiles areremoved in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and 1MHCl (5 mL each). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL) andthe combined organics are washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparatory HPLCto afford 0.037 g (24%) of compound 107 as a foamy white solid; ¹H-NMR(300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.09 (s, 1H); 8.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H); 7.88 (d, J=6 Hz,1H); 7.27 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H); 7.19 (s, 1H); 7.10 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H); 5.82 (brs, 1H); 4.54 (m, 1H); 4.44 (br d, J=11 Hz, 1H); 4.23 (s, 1H); 4.06 (brd, J=10 Hz, 1H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 2.64-2.52 (m, 1H); 2.32-2.18 (m, 1H);1.67 (s, 3H); 1.64-1.32 (m, 5H); 1.32-1.16 (m, 4H); 1.27 (s, 9H); 1.03(s, 9H); 0.93 (t, J=7 Hz,); 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 760.1 [M+H]⁺

Example 108

1-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.456 g, 1.76 mmol, from Example 104) was treatedwith conditions described in Aoyama and Shioiri; Tetrahedron Lett. 1990,31, 5507 to produce1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.150 g, 31%): LCMS found 273.9 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 108 was prepared according to the method described for compound104, substituting intermediate1-amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester for1-amino-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester andadjusting appropriately for scale. 29.9 mg (28%) of the desired compound108 was obtained as a white amorphous solid ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ8.07 (d, 1H); 7.84 (d, 1H); 7.25 (d, 1H); 7.17 (m, 1H); 7.08 (d, 1H);5.78 (s, 1H); 4.50 (m, 1H); 4.41 (d, 1H); 4.19 (s, 1H); 4.02 (d, 1H);3.89 (s, 3H); 3.63 (m, 2H); 3.28 (s, 3H); 2.55 (m, 1H); 2.22 (m, 1H);1.77 (m, 1H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.57 (m, 1H); 1.22 (m, 11H); 0.99 (s, 11H);0.63 (m, 1H). LCMS found 776.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 109

1-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.500 g, 1.93 mmol, from Example 104) was diluted in8 mL DCM and cooled to 0° C. under an Ar atmosphere. TEA (0.54 mL, 3.9mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.30 mL, 3.9 mmol) were addedsequentially. After 2.5 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and theresidue taken up in EtOAc and H₂O (15 mL each). The aqueous layer wasextracted with 3×10 mL EtOAc. The combined organics were washed withbrine and dried over anhydrous MgSO₄. Following concentration in vacuo,the residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO₂ (0 to 50%Hex/EA) to produce1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methanesulfonyloxyethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.55 g, 84%). LCMS found 360.1 [M+Na]⁺.

A solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methanesulfonyloxyethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.52 g, 1.53 mmol) in 5 mL MeOH was added dropwise toa rt solution of sodium thiomethoxide in 3 mL MeOH. After 4.75 h, thesolvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in EtOAc andH₂O (15 mL each). The aqueous layer was extracted with 3×10 mL EtOAc.The combined organics were washed with brine and dried over anhydrousMgSO₄. Following concentration in vacuo,1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methylsulfanylethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.350 g, 79%) was obtained as a colorless oil thatwas used without further purification. LCMS found 312.0 [M+Na]⁺.

A solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methylsulfanylethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.63 g, 2.2 mmol) in 10 mL MeOH was added slowly to asuspension of Oxone (2.0 g, 3.3 mmol) in 10 mL H₂O at rt. After 2 h atrt, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up inEtOAc and H₂O (15 mL each). The aqueous layer was extracted with 3×10 mLEtOAc. The combined organics were washed with brine and dried overanhydrous MgSO₄. Following concentration in vacuo, the residue waspurified by column chromatography on SiO₂ (0→65% EtOAc/hexanes) toproduce1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-methanesulfonylethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.50 g, 71%) as a colorless film. LCMS found 222.0[(M-Boc)+H]⁺.

Compound 109 was prepared according to the method described for compound104, substituting intermediate1-amino-2-(2-methanesulfonyl-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester for 1-amino-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester and adjusting appropriately for scale. 150 mg (17%) of the desiredcompound compound 109 was obtained as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.08 (d, 1H); 7.85 (d, 1H); 7.24 (d, 1H); 7.17 (s,1H); 7.08 (d, 1H); 5.79 (s, 1H); 4.44 (m, 2H); 4.19 (s, 1H); 4.02 (m,1H); 3.89 (s, 3H); 3.27 (s, 3H); 3.06 (m, 2H); 2.89 (s, 3H); 2.56 (m,1H); 2.23 (m, 1H); 2.02 (m, 1H); 1.64 (s, 2H); 1.25 (m, 11H); 1.00 (s,11H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 824.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 110

Compound 110 was prepared analogously to the method described forcompound 104, utilizing intermediate 2-aminobicyclopropyl-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (prepared as detailed in Ripka, A.; et al. WO2004/032827, p. 142) and adjusting appropriately for scale. 428 mg (44%)of compound 110 was obtained as a crystalline white solid after columnchromatography on silica (0→10% MeOH/DCM) followed by crystallizationfrom hot MeOH. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.39 (s, 1H); 8.01 (d, 1H);7.90 (d, 1H); 7.16 (d, 1H); 7.07 (d, 1H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 6.92 (s, 1H);5.86 (s, 1H); 5.21 (br d, 1H); 4.51 (br t, 1H); 4.33 (dd, 1H); 4.02 (m,1H); 3.93 (s, 3H); 2.68-2.42 (m, 2H); 1.87-1.65 (m, 2H); 1.72 (s, 3H);1.45-0.80 (m, 5H); 1.33 (s, 9H); 1.02 (s, 9H); 0.65 (br t, 2H); 0.58 (m,2H); 0.27 (m, 2H). LCMS found 758.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 111

1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid was dissolved inDMF (3 mL) and DIPEA (130 μL, 0.75 mmol) to which was addedN,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)uroniumhexafluorophosphate (285 mg, 0.75 mmol). To this reaction mixture wasthen added 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (300 μL, 2 mmol) andsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (150 mg, 0.99 mmol) and thereaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. The solvent wasremoved; the residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1 M HCl,dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified bychromatography (10→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 144 mg (86%). Theintermediate was then dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxanes (5 mL) and stirredat room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was removed to give 143 mgof the HCl salt of intermediate (1-amino-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester as a pink oil.

Compound 111 was prepared according to the method described for compound104, substituting intermediate (1-amino-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropylester and adjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was purifiedusing reverse phase HPLC to afford compound 111 as a white amorphoussolid (42.3 mg, 12%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.09 (m, 1H); 7.85 (d,1H); 7.25 (d, 1H); 7.17 (s, 1H); 7.09 (m, 1H); 5.78 (m, 1H); 4.59 (m,1H); 4.45 (m, 1H); 4.18 (d, 1H); 4.00 (m, 1H); 3.89 (s, 3H); 2.70 (m,1H); 2.57 (m, 1H); 2.29 (m, 1H); 1.64 (m, 3H); 1.59 (m, 1H); 1.44 (m,1H); 1.18 (m, 11H); 1.00 (s, 11H); 0.64 (m, 1H). LCMS found 718.0[M+H]⁺.

Example 112

1-Amino-2-methyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester was preparedaccording to methods described in LLinas-Brunet et al, WO 00/09543 pgs56-61.

Compound 112 was prepared according to the method described for compound104, substituting 1-amino-2-methyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester for 1-amino-2-(2-fluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester and adjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was purifiedusing reverse phase HPLC to afford compound 112 as a white amorphoussolid (268.4 mg, 53%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.13 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H);7.89 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H); 7.30 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H); 7.22 (m, 1H); 7.13 (d,J=9.6 Hz, 1H); 5.84 (s, 1H); 4.49 (m, 2H); 4.24 (s, 1H); 4.07 (m, 1H);3.94 (s, 3H); 2.61 (m, 1H); 2.28 (m, 1H); 1.68 (s, 3H); 1.56 (m, 2H);1.25 (m, 15H); 1.04 (s, 10H); 0.69 (m, 2H). LCMS found 731.93 [M+H]⁺.

Example 113

To 1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2(2-methanesulfonyloxy-1-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester(400 mg, 1.19 mmol) from example 109 in DMF (6 mL) was added NaCN (350mg, 7.14 mmol) and NaI (178 mg, 1.19 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated at 80° C. for 2 h then diluted with EtOAc and washed with waterand brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered,and concentrated. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography on silica (20→50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(2-cyano-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acidmethyl ester (297 mg, 93%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 5.13 (br s, 1H),2.44 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.53-1.37 (m, 4H) 1.45(s, 9H). LCMS found 290.9 [M+Na]⁺. To this intermediate (297 mg, 1.10mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was added 4N HCl in dioxanes (2 mL). Aterstirring at room temperature for 2 h the reaction was concentrated toafford 225 mg (100%) of the HCl salt of1-amino-2-(2-cyano-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester,which was used in the next step without further purification.

Compound 113 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 104. Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(6-methoxy-isoquinolin-1-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (552 mg, 1.10 mmol) with the HCl salt of1-amino-2-(2-cyano-ethyl)-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methyl ester (225mg, 1.10 mmol) under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, affordedthe desired methyl ester (553 mg, 77%). The methyl ester was thenconverted into compound 113 under the same conditions described inexample 104(88 mg, 47%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ8.65 (s, 1H), 8.01(d, 1H), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.83(s, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 1H), 4.04-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H),2.51 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.24 (m, 3H), 1.96-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.17 (m, 5H),1.25 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s, 9H), 0.58 (m, 2H). LCMS found 789.8 [M+H]⁺.

Example 114

To a solution ofcyclopropa[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazacyclopentadecine-14a(5H)-carboxylicacid,6-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,13a,14,15,16,16a-tetradecahydro-2-hydroxy-5,16-dioxo-methylester, which was synthesized by methods presented in WO2004/094452 forthe preparation of the corresponding ethyl ester, (500 mg, 1.0 mmol) inTHF (4.7 mL) was added 4N aqueous sodium hydroxide (1.6 mL) and stirredat room temperature for 5 min. 4,6-dichloro-2-phenylpyrimidine (700 mg,3.1 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred at room temperature for40 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed withbrine, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography using ethyl acetate/hexanes as eluents, which affordedacid (900 mg, 55%). LCMS found 652.0 (M⁺−1).

To a solution of the acid (50 mg, 0.076 mmol) were added HATU (44 mg,0.114 mmol) and DIPEA (0.020 mL, 0.114 mmol) and stirred for 0.5 h atroom temperature. Sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (23 mg, 0.153mmol) and DBU (0.046 mL, 0.30 mmol) were then added. The resultingmixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. After diluting themixture with ethyl acetate (30 mL), 1N HCl (˜0.5 mL) was added toneutralize it to pH ˜4. The mixture was then washed with brine (2×30 mL)and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC,affording compound 114 (30 mg, 50%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 8.92 (brs, 1H), 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.53 (brs, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1H),6.60 (s, 1H), 5.95 (m, 1H), 5.67 (q, 1H), 5.14 (t, 1H), 4.77 (d, 1H),4.63 (t, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 3H), 2.40 (q, 1H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 3H),1.65 (s, 3H), 1.3-1.6 (m, 7H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.18 (m, 2H), 0.66 (m, 2H).LCMS found 785.4 (M⁺−1).

Example 115

A solution of compound 114 (100 mg, 0.13 mmol), tosyl hydrazide (177 mg,0.95 mmol) and sodium acetate (157 mg, 1.91 mmol) in DME (1.8 mL) andwater (0.2 mL) was stirred at 95° C. for 75 min. Additional sodiumacetate (80 mg) and tosyl hydrazide (90 mg) were added and stirred atthe same temperature for 45 min. The mixture was partitioned betweenethyl acetate (80 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (80 mL).The organic layer was washed with diluted HCl and then with brine, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC, affordingcompound 115 (75 mg, 75%) as a white solid: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ9.02 (brs, 1H), 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 5.96 (brs,1H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.46 (m,1H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.3-1.7 (m, 16H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.20(m, 2H), 0.71 (m, 2H). LCMS found 787.4 (M⁺−1).

Example 116

To14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-hydroxy-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (1.2 g, 2.5 mmol) in THF/MeOH (3:1, 20 mL) was added asolution of LiOH (300 mg, 12.5 mmol) in H₂O (5 mL). After stirring atroom temperature for 12 h, the reaction was diluted with H₂O andacidified with 1N aqueous HCl. The solution was extracted with EtOAc,washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude acid was used directly in the nextreaction.

The resultant acid was coupled to 1-chloro-6-methoxy-isoquinoline underconditions previously described in the synthesis of example 36, adjustedfor scale, to provide the aryl ether acid (3.04 g, >95%). LCMS found623.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 116 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of the aryl ether acid under thesame conditions, adjusted for scale, provided compound 116 (100 mg,32%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d,1H) 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.86 (brs, 1H), 5.68 (dd,1H), 5.14 (t, 1H), 4.77 (d, 1H), 4.67 (t, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H), 4.02 (dd,1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.42 (dd, 1H), 1.66-1.82(m, 5H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.31-1.55 (m, 8H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 0.67 (m, 2H).LCMS found 756.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 117

Compound 117 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of unsaturated macrocycle aryletheracid from example 116 and sulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester underthe same conditions, adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phaseHPLC afforded compound 117 (29 mg, 10%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.87(s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H) 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d,1H), 5.86 (brs, 1H), 5.68 (dd, 1H), 5.13 (t, 1H), 4.77 (d, 1H), 4.67 (t,1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H), 4.01 (dd, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m,1H), 2.44 (dd, 1H), 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.75 (m, 13H), 1.18(s, 9H), 0.99 (t, 3H), 0.97-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found 784.0[M+H]⁺.

Example 118

Reduction of the unsaturated macrocycle was accomplished according tothe method presented in Example 115, adjusted for scale, to provide thefully saturated macrocyclic acid after purification by columnchromatography on silica (2→8% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to produce the fullysaturated macrocyclic acid (1.97 g, 95%). LCMS found 625.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 118 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of the macrocyclic aryl ether acidunder the same conditions, adjusted for scale, and purified by reversephase HPLC afforded compound 118 (136 mg, 51%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD):δ 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H) 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H),7.16 (d, 1H), 5.87 (brs, 1H), 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.22 (dd, 1H), 4.07 (dd,1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.82 (m, 18H), 1.68(s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 9H), 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMS found 758.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 119

Compound 119 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of Compound 29. Treatment of the saturated macrocyclearylether acid from Example 118 and sulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropylester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, and purified byreverse phase HPLC afforded compound 119 (167 mg, 53%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H) 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.24(d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.87 (brs, 1H), 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.22 (dd, 1H), 4.07(dd, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.48 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.82 (m, 23H),1.20 (s, 9H), 0.97 (t, 3H), 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMS found 786.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 120

Compound 120 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of the saturated macrocyclearylether acid from Example 118 and sulfamic acid 2,2-difluoro-ethylester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, and purified byreverse phase HPLC afforded compound 120(142 mg, 52%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD): δ 8.93 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H) 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.24(d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.12 (dt, 1H), 5.86 (brs, 1H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 4.53(dt, 2H), 4.23 (dd, 1H), 4.06 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.46(m, 1H), 1.3-1.8 (m, 19H), 1.20 (s, 9H). LCMS found 768.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 121

Compound 121 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 27. Treatment of the saturated macrocyclearylether acid from Example 118 under the same conditions, adjusted forscale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC afforded compound 121 (54 mg,21%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d,1H) 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 5.86 (brs, 1H), 4.69 (m,2H), 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.22 (dd, 1H), 4.06 (dd, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.48 (m,1H), 1.3-1.8 (m, 17H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 744.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 122

Aryl ether formation was accomplished according to the method presentedin example 36, adjusted for scale, to provide the desired aryl ethermacrocycle (537 mg, 77%). LCMS found 593.0 [M+H]⁺.

Reduction of the unsaturated macrocycle was accomplished according tothe method presented in Example 115 adjusted for scale to provide thefully saturated macrocyclic acid (196 mg, 42%). LCMS found 595.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 122 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 27. Treatment of the saturated macrocyclearylether acid from Example 118 under the same conditions, adjusted forscale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC, afforded compound 122 (77 mg,33%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.95 (s, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d,1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 7.54 (t, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 5.91 (brs,1H), 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.07 (dd, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.46 (m,1H), 1.3-1.8 (m, 17H), 1.20 (s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 2H), 0.78 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 714.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 123

Compound 123 was prepared according to the method presented example 14.Treatment of1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (345 mg, 0.50 mmol) under the same conditions adjustedfor scale and with the exceptions of utilizing 6-methoxy-naphthalen-1-ol(97 mg, 0.56 mmol), sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (96 mg,0.63 mmol), and performing the hydrolysis of the methyl ester at 40° C.for 3 h provided compound 123 (152 mg, 40%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ9.24 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 8.31-8.39 (m, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d,1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 5.29 (d, 1H), 5.13 (d,1H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 4.41 (d, 1H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s,3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.43 (m,1H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found741.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 124

Compound 124 was prepared according to the method presented in example14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (344 mg, 0.50 mmol) under the same conditions adjustedfor scale and with the exceptions of utilizing 6-methoxy-naphthalen-1-ol(97 mg, 0.56 mmol), sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (114 mg,0.75 mmol), and performing the hydrolysis of the methyl ester at 40° C.for 3 h provided compound 124 (178 mg, 48%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ9.15 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d,1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.29 (s,1H), 4.03 (d, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.57 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s,3H), 1.46-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.24-1.31 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H),1.043 (s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 3H), 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found 743.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 125

Compound 125 was prepared according to the method presented in theExample 14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (355 mg, 0.51 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing6-methoxy-naphthalen-1-ol (100 mg, 0.57 mmol) and sulfamic acidcyclopropyl ester (91 mg, 0.66 mmol). Purification of the crude productwas accomplished by column chromatography on silica (0→20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂)to afford compound 125 (188 mg, 49%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.22(s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 6.80(d, 1H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 5.28 (d, 1H), 5.14 (d, 1H), 4.82(m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.89(s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.79 (m, 12H),1.03 (s, 9H), 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 2H). LCMS found 741.07 [M+H]⁺.

Example 126

Compound 126 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of example 18. Treatment of compound 125 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided the desired compound 126 (48 mg,60%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.35 (m,2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 5.27 (s, 1H), 4.53 (m,1H), 4.31 (m, 3H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m,1H), 1.21-1.79 (m, 17H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 742.95 [M+H]⁺.

Example 127

To1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (210 mmg, 0.46 mmol) at 0° C. (external temperature, ice bath) wasadded KOt-Bu (1 m in THF, 2.3 mL, 2.3 mmol, 5 equiv.) and4-chloro-7-methoxy-cinnoline (95 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.06 equiv.) in THF (3mL). The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 2.5 h and diluted with EtOAc.The solution was washed with aqueous HCl (1M), resulting a precipitationof the crude product. The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ andcombined with the precipitate. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (0→15% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂) to provide1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(7-methoxy-cinnolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (161 mg, 57%).

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(7-methoxy-cinnolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (161 mg, 0.26 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) was added HATU (139 mg, 0.36mmol, 1.5 equiv.) and DIPEA (0.09 mL, 0.52 mmol, 2 equiv.). The solutionwas stirred at room temperature for 30 min before sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (90 mg, 0.60 mmol, 2.4 equiv.) and DBU (0.22m×L, 1.47 mmol, 5.5 equiv) were added. The reaction was stirred for 60 hthen diluted with EtOAc. The solution was washed with aqueous HCl (1M,3×) and Brine (3×). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by reverse phaseHPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide compound 127 (13 mg, 7%): ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.50(s, 1H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.82(m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 3H),1.45 (s, 9H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.69 (m, 2H).

Example 128

Compound 128 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (178 mg, 0.25 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol (50 mg, 0.28 mmol) and sulfamic acid cyclopropylester (48 mg, 0.35 mmol). Purification of the crude product wasaccomplished by reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to providecompound 128 (41 mg, 22%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H),8.70 (d, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H),5.82 (m, 1H), 5.52 (s, 1H), 5.24 (d, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.62 (m, 2H),4.57 (m, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 1H),2.21 (m, 1H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.59 (m, 12H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m,2H), 0.75 (m, 2H). LCMS found 742.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 129

Compound 129 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (356 mg, 0.51 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-ol (107 mg, 0.57 mmol) and sulfamic acidcyclopropyl ester (115 mg, 0.84 mmol). Purification of the crude productwas accomplished by reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) toprovide compound 129 (225 mg, 57%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.25 (s,1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 5.77 (s,1H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 5.34 (d, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 4.32 (m,1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s,3H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.59 (m, 12H), 1.02(s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H). LCMS found 756.14 [M+H]⁺.

Example 130

Compound 130 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (355 mg, 0.51 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing7-methoxy-8-chloro-quinolin-4-ol (118 mg, 0.57 mmol) and sulfamic acidcyclopropyl ester (151 mg, 1.10 mmol). Purification of the crude productwas accomplished by reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) toprovide compound 130 (204 mg, 48%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.24 (s,1H), 8.96 (s, 11H), 8.46 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 5.80 (s,1H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.34 (d, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.66 (m, 3H), 4.23 (m,2H), 4.19 (s, 3H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.93 (m,1H), 1.29-1.57 (m, 12H), 1.01 (s, 9H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 776.13 [M+H]⁺.

Example 131

Compound 131 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 18. Treatment of compound 128 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided compound 131 (12 mg, 58%): ¹H NMR(d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.93 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 7.45 (m,3H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.64 (m, 2H), 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.14 (m,1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.62 (m, 17H), 1.03(s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 2H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found 744.19 [M+H]⁺.

Example 132

Compound 132 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 18. Treatment of compound 129 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided compound 132 (34 mg, 43%): ¹H NMR(d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d,1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m,1H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.62(m, 17H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 2H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found 758.25[M+H]⁺.

Example 133

Compound 133 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 18. Treatment of compound 130 under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided compound 133 (35 mg, 43%): ¹H NMR(d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.96 (d, 1H), 8.47 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d,1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s,3H), 4.11 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.63 (m, 17H), 1.01(s, 9H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found 778.19 [M+H]⁺.

Example 134

To 2-chloroaniline (8.85 g, 69.4 mmol, 2 equiv) in a round bottom flaskwas added triethyl orthoformate (30.85 g, 208.2 mmol, 6.0 equiv) andMeldrum's acid (5 g, 34.7 mmol, 1 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 80°C. for 45 minutes, cooled to room temperature, then poured onto icewater. The white color precipitant was filtered, dried on house vacuum,then further dried in a vacuum oven at 40° C. overnight. Yield=6.87 g(70%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 11.70 (d, 1H), 8.7 (d, 1H), 7.51-7.22(m, 4H), 1.77 (s, 6H). LCMS found 281.60 [M+H]⁺.

Into the Dowtherm-A (100 mL) in a three-necked round bottom flask at250° C. was slowly added a hot solution of5-[(2-chloro-phenylamino)-methylene]-2,2-dimethyl-[1,3]dioxane-4,6-dione(6.87 g, 24.4 mmol, 1 equiv) in Dowtherm-A (50 mL) which was at 80-100°C. The internal temperature of the reaction was kept between 240 and250° C. during the addition. The reaction content was continuouslystirred at this temperature for 4 hours and it was cooled down to roomtemperature. The crude mixture was then poured onto ice/isopropanolmixture in a beaker (2 L) to precipitate the desired compound. Theprecipitate was filtered through a glass sintered glass funnel andwashed with cold isopropanol (100 mL) and hexanes (100 mL×2). The filtercake was then dissolved in MeOH and 2 equiv of 1N HCl was added. Thesolvent was removed and the residue was suspended in (1:1) ether/hexanesmixture and the solid was filtered. The filter cake was then washed withether and dried, first on house vacuum and then on vacuum oven at 40° C.overnight. (4.49 g, 99%) ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.77 (d, 1H), 8.46(d, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.79 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H). LCMS found 180.44[M+H]⁺.

Compound 134 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (300 mg, 0.436 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with exception of utilizing8-chloro-quinolin-4-ol (86.2 mg, 0.48 mmol) and sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (113 mg, 0.63 mmol). Purification of thecrude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC (20%→85%,MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide compound 134 (176 mg, 78%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD,300 MHz) δ 9.09 (br s, 1H), 9.56 (brs, 1H), 8.35 (m, 1H), 8.12 (brs,1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.52 (brs, 1H), 5.67 (brs, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.07(brs, 2H), 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.54 (m, 4H), 1.24(m, 2H), 1.10 (m, 12H), 1.00 (m, 13H), 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 750.53[M+H]⁺.

Example 135

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(5-ethoxy-thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was synthesized according to the method presented inExample 14 with the exception of using5-ethoxy-thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-ol (41 mg, 0.21 mmol) and adjusted forscale to give the desired aryl ether which was used crude in the nextreaction. LCMS found 657.03 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(5-ethoxy-thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid was prepared according to the method presented in Example 14.Treatment of the methyl ester (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided the desired acid (20 mg, 21%).LCMS found 643.04 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 135 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Example 27. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(5-ethoxy-thieno[3,2-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.31 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scaleprovided compound 135 (71 mg, 30%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnosticpeaks) δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 4.08(m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 2H). LCMS found 762.06 [M+H]⁺.

Example 136

Compound 136 was prepared according to the method presented in example20. Treatment of compound 135 (56 mg, 0.07 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale provided compound 136 (14.9 mg, 28%): ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H),7.35 (m, 1H), 6.58 (m, 1H), 5.51 (m, 1H). LCMS found 764.08 [M+H]⁺.

Example 137

To 2-methyl-3-nitroanisole (5.02 g, 29.9 mmol) in EtOH (300 mL) wasadded Pd/C (0.50 g). The reaction was stirred under a H₂ balloonovernight then filtered through celite to afford3-methoxy-2-methylaniline (4.00 g, 98%). LCMS found 138.0 [M+H]⁺.

To 3-methoxy-2-methylaniline (2.15 g, 15.6 mmol) in anhydrous EtOH (30mL) was added ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-imino-propionate (3.05 g, 15.6 mmol). Thereaction was stirred overnight then filtered through celite. Thefiltrate was concentrated then purified by column chromatography onsilica (2→10% EtOAc/hexane) to afford3-ethoxy-3-(3-methoxy-2-methyl-phenylimino)-propionic acid ethyl ester(3.84 g, 88%). LCMS found 280.2 [M+H]⁺.

3-Ethoxy-3-(3-methoxy-2-methyl-phenylimino)-propionic acid ethyl ester(1.56 g, 5.57 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether then placed in a300° C. sand bath. The internal temperature was kept between 240-250° C.for 15 minutes then the reaction was cooled to room temperature. Thecrude material was directly loaded onto a silica gel column (0→60%EtOAc/hexane) to afford 2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-ol (882mg, 68%). LCMS found 234.1 [M+H]⁺.

To4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (600 mg, 1.04 mmol) and2-ethoxy-7-ethoxy-8-methyl-4-hydroxyquinoline (274 mg, 1.18 mmol) in NMP(3.6 mL) was added Cs₂CO₃ (2.54 g, 7.80 mmol). The reaction mixture washeated to 60° C. overnight then cooled to room temperature. Afterdilution with EtOAc, the organic phase was washed sequentially withaqueous 5% LiCl, saturated aqueous NH₄Cl, and saturated aqueous NaCl.The organic phase was then dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, andpurified by column chromatography on silica (20→50% EtOAc/hexane) toprovide the aryl ether (419 mg, 70%). LCMS found 574.2 [M+H]⁺.

The methyl ester (419 mg, 0.73 mmol) was dissolved in THF:MeOH:H₂O(1:1:1, 7.5 mL) and treated with LiOH (153 mg, 3.65 mmol). After 4 h,the reaction was neutralized with 1N HCl then extracted with EtOAc. Theorganic phase was dried over sodium sulfate then concentrated to affordthe crude acid (387 mg), which was used directly in the next reaction.LCMS found 560.2 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Compound 26. Treatment of1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (387 mg, 0.69 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale, to afford the desired methyl ester (349 mg, 74%). LCMS found685.3 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-[3,3-Dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-4-(2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 77. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (349 mg, 0.51 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, and after purification by columnchromatography on silica (10→50% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford thefluorinated tert-butylcarbamate (310 mg, 82%). LCMS found 739.2 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 137 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of1-{[1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-4-(2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.42 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale, and purified by reverse phase HPLC to affordcompound 137 (85 mg, 24%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.2 (s, 1H), 8.15(d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 5.71 (s, 1H), 4.55-4.73 (m, 4H),4.16 (s, 1H), 3.99-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 2.72 (dd, 1H), 2.46 (s,3H), 2.34-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.55-1.63 (m, 7H), 1.41 (s, 3H),1.21-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.96-1.07 (m, 3H),0.66-0.71 (m, 2H). LCMS found 858.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 138

8-Chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol was synthesized according to the methodpresented in the synthesis of 2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-olin Example 137 with the exception of utilizing 2-chloro-aniline.

To a solution of1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (800 mg, 1.16 mmol) in NMP (3.9 mL) was added8-Chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol (285 mg, 0.1.28 mmol) and cesiumcarbonate (756 mg, 2.32 mmol). The resulting slurry was heated to 65° C.(external temperature, oil bath), and stirred vigorously overnight. Uponcooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAcand washed with saturated ammonium chloride (2×) and then brine. Theresulting organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated.The crude product was purified by column chromatography (50%EtOAc/hexanes) to provide the aryl ether (627 mg, 80%). LCMS found 675.1[M+H]⁺.

To a solution of the aryl ether (627 mg, 0.93 mmol) in a 1:1:1 mixtureof THF:MeOH:H₂O (9 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (195 mg, 4.64 mmol).The resulting slurry was stirred at 50° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixturewas then diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1 N HCl and brine. Theresulting organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto provide the crude acid (615 mg, 100%).

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (139 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (122 mg, 0.32mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.056 mL, 0.32 mmol). The solution wasstirred at room temperature for 2 h then sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (64 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DBU (0.126 mL, 0.84mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOActhen washed with aqueous 1 N HCl and brine. The organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified byreverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O-1% TFA) to provide compound 138 (102mg, 61%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.75(d, 1H), 7.24 (t, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.4 (s, 1H), 4.58 (q, 2H),4.60-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 2.61 (dd, 1H),2.30-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.62-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.46 (t, 3H),1.31-1.20 (m, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.99-0.94 (m, 3H), 0.68(m, 2H). LCMS found 794.09 [M+H]⁺.

Example 139

To a solution of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (400 mg, 0.58 mmol) and8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol (143 mg, 0.64 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) wasadded cesium carbonate (416 mg, 1.28 mmol) and the reaction was heatedat 60° C. for 2.5 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum and theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The solution was washed withsaturated ammonium chloride and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate andconcentrated. The crude residue was purified via chromatography (0-70%ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give 174 mg (45%) of the desired product as awhite solid. LCMS found 673.1 [M+H]⁺. The intermediate was thendissolved in THF and methanol (1:1) and a solution of lithium hydroxide(31 mg, 1.29 mmol) in water (1 ml) was added. The reaction was stirredat room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed, the residuedissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 1N HCl and brine. The organiclayer was then dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give133.4 mg (81%) of intermediate1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a white solid. LCMS found 659.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (130 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 μL) anddiisopropylethyl amine (52 μL, 0.296 mmol) to which was added HATU (113mg, 0.30 mmol). To this reaction mixture was then added DBU (118 μL,0.79 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (60 mg, 0.39mmol) and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 h. Thesolvent was removed; the residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with1 M HCl, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purifiedreverse phase chromatography to give 63.9 mg (41%) of compound 139 as anamorphous white solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 7.93 (d, 1H); 7.67 (d,1H); 7.17 (m, 1H); 6.44 (s, 1H); 5.69 (m, 1H); 5.35 (s, 1H); 5.26 (d,1H); 5.09 (d, 1H); 4.51 (m, 4H); 4.19 (s, 1H); 4.01 (m, 1H); 2.58 (m,1H); 2.21 (m, 1H); 1.83 (m, 1H); 1.62 (s, 3H); 1.40 (t, 3H); 1.22 (s,11H); 0.99 (s, 11H); 0.63 (m, 2H). LCMS found 792.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 140

8-Bromo-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol was synthesized according tothe method presented in the synthesis of2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-ol in example 132 with theexception of utilizing 2-bromo-3-methoxy-aniline.

Compound 140 was prepared according to the method described in example139, substituting intermediate 8-bromo-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol and adjusting appropriately forscale. The material was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give 92.9mg (47%) of the desired compound compound 140 as a white amorphoussolid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 7.99 (d, 1H); 7.09 (d, 1H); 6.33 (s,1H); 5.69 (m, 1H) 5.36 (s, 1H); 5.26 (d, 1H); 5.10 (d, 1H); 4.51 (m,4H); 4.17 (s, 1H); 4.04 (m, 1H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 2.58 (m, 1H); 2.21 (m,1H); 1.83 (m, 1H); 1.62 (s, 3H); 1.42 (m, 3H); 1.21 (s, 11H); 0.99 (s,11H); 0.63 (m, 2H). LCMS found 866.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 141

Compound 141 was prepared according to the method presented in example138, substituting 8-bromo-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol for8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol and adjusting for scale. The materialwas purified using reverse phase HPLC to afford compound 141 (250 mg,65%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.08 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.08 (d,1H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 4.53 (q, 2H), 4.50-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.17(s, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.55 (dd, 1H), 2.25-2.18 (m, 1H),1.63 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.46 (m, 4H), 1.41 (t, 3H), 1.26-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.21(s, 9H), 0.99 (s, 9H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 3H), 0.63 (m, 2H). LCMS found 768.1[M+H]⁺.

Example 142

8-Chloro-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol was synthesized according tothe method presented in the synthesis of2-Ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-ol in Example 132 with theexception of utilizing 2-Chloro-3-methoxy-aniline.

Compound 142 was prepared according to the method presented in example138, substituting intermediate 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol and adjusting appropriately forscale. The material was purified using reverse phase HPLC to givecompound 142 (205 mg, 57%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.14 (s, 1H),8.05 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 4.62 (q, 2H),4.59-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.20 (s, 1H), 4.07 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 2.63 (dd,1H), 2.34-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.50 (t, 3H),1.32-1.29 (m, 3H), 1.23 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.00-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.68(m, 2H). LCMS found 824.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 143

Compound 143 was prepared according to the method described for example139, substituting intermediate 2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-8-methyl-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol and adjusting appropriately forscale. The material was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give 40.1mg (25%) of compound 143 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz) δ 7.94 (d, 1H); 7.12 (d, 1H); 6.42 (s, 1H); 5.71 (m, 1H); 5.45 (s,1H); 5.27 (d, 1H); 5.11 (d, 1H); 4.51 (m, 4H); 4.16 (s, 1H); 4.02 (m,1H); 3.92 (s, 3H); 2.61 (m, 1H); 2.42 (s, 3H); 2.23 (m, 1H) 1.84 (m,1H); 1.62 (s, 3H); 1.44 (m, 3H); 1.21 (m, 11H); 0.99 (s, 9H); 0.63 (m,2H). LCMS found 802.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 144

Compound 144 was prepared according to the method presented in example139, substituting intermediate 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol and adjusting appropriately forscale. The material was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give 62.3mg (38%) of the desired compound 144 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 7.96 (d, 1H); 7.14 (d, 1H); 6.37 (s, 1H); 5.69 (m,1H); 5.39 (s, 1H); 5.27 (d, 1H); 5.10 (d, 1H); 4.51 (m, 4H); 4.17 (s,1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 3.96 (s, 3H); 2.59 (m, 1H); 2.22 (m, 1H); 1.83 (m,1H); 1.62 (s, 3H); 1.42 (m, 3H); 1.21 (m, 1H); 0.99 (s, 11H); 0.63 (m,2H). LCMS found 822.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 145

Compound 145 was prepared according to the method presented in example139, substituting intermediate 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol, substituting sulfamic acid1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester,and adjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was purified usingreverse phase HPLC to give 34.9 mg (68%) of the desired compound 145 asa white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 7.94 (d, 1H); 7.12(d, 1H); 6.37 (s, 1H); 5.67 (m, 1H); 5.37 (m, 1H); 5.26 (d, 1H); 5.09(d, 1H); 4.50 (m, 4H); 4.18 (m, 1H); 4.03 (m, 1H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 2.58(m, 1H); 2.22 (m, 1H); 1.79 (m, 2H); 1.54 (m, 1H); 1.41 (m, 5H); 1.23(m, 11H); 0.99 (m, 11H); 0.93 (m, 3H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 850.2[M+H]⁺.

Example 146

Compound 146 was prepared according to the method presented in example138, substituting sulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester, and adjusting appropriately for scale.The compound was purified using reverse phase HPLC to afford compound146 (141 mg, 71%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d,1H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.23 (t, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 4.57 (q,2H), 4.55-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.08-4.04 (m, 1H), 2.60 (dd, 1H),2.27 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.40 (m, 6H), 1.46 (t, 3H), 1.31(m, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.00-0.95 (m, 6H), 0.69 (m, 2H).LCMS found 823.2 [M+H]⁺.

Example 147

Compound 147 was prepared according to the method presented in example138, substituting intermediate 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-olfor 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol, substituting sulfamic acid1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester,and adjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was purified usingreverse phase HPLC to afford compound 146 (174 mg, 82%). ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.10 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H),5.45 (s, 1H), 4.57 (q, 2H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 4.15 (s, 1H), 4.04 (m, 1H),3.98 (s, 3H), 2.57 (dd, 1H), 2.31-2.22 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.77 (m, 2H),1.60-1.44 (m, 9H), 1.26 (m, 3H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 0.99 (s, 9H), 0.95-0.90(m, 6H), 0.65 (m, 2H). LCMS found 852.4 [M+H]⁺.

Example 148

Compound 148 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 138, substituting sulfamic acid cyclopropyl esterfor sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester, and adjustingappropriately for scale. The material was purified using reverse phaseHPLC to afford compound 148 (174 mg, 82%). (105 mg, 56%): ¹H NMR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H) 7.24 (t, 1H),6.52 (d, 1H), 5.42 (brs, 1H), 4.52-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.05 (dd,1H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.60 (m, 6H), 1.46 (t, 3H), 1.26 (s,9H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (m, 4H), 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS found 780.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 149

Compound 149 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of example 77. Treatment of compound 138 (150 mg, 0.19 mmol)under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, afforded compound 149(145 mg, 90%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.12 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H),7.71 (d, 1H), 7.21 (t, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.59-4.49 (m,4H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.03-4.01 (m, 1H), 2.60 (dd, 1H), 2.30-2.23 (m, 1H),1.67 (s, 3H), 1.63-0.43 (m, 10H), 1.33-1.25 (m, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.04(s, 9H), 0.96 (m, 3H), 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 848.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 150

Intermediate1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was prepared as shown in Example 138 substituting8-chloro-2-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol for 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol andadjusting appropriately for scale.

To a solution of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (325 mg, 0.49 mmol) in THF and methanol (1:1, 5 ml)was added a solution of lithium hydroxide (59 mg, 2.46 mmol) in waterand the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reactionwas acidified with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried overmagnesium sulfate and concentrated to afford 324 mg (99%) of a whitesolid. This crude material was then dissolved in DCM (10 ml), 4N HCl indioxanes was added (2.5 ml) and the reaction was stirred at room tempfor 2.5 hours. The solvent was removed and then taken up again indichloromethane (12 ml). To this solution was added carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (733 mg,2.5 mmol) and triethylamine (1.05 mL, 7.5 mmol), and the reaction wasstirred at room temperature for two days. The solution was then washedwith 1N HCl and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated togive 1.008 g of the crude acid as a yellow oil. LCMS found 700.92[M+H]⁺.

1-({4-(8-chloro-2-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (284 mg, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl formamide (4 mL) anddiisopropylethyl amine (177 μL, 1.01 mmol) to which was addedN,N,N′,N′-Tetramethyl-O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)uroniumhexafluorophosphate (234 mg, 0.62 mmol). To this reaction mixture wasthen added 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (245 μL, 1.64 mmol) andsulfamic acid 1-methyl cyclopropyl ester (124 mg, 0.82 mmol) and thereaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reactionwas diluted with water and acetonitrile and purified reverse phasechromatography to give 199.9 mg (58%) of compound 150 as an amorphouswhite solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.95 (d, 36.8 Hz, 1H, 7.71 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H); 7.20 (m, 1H); 6.48 (s, 1H); 5.37 (s, 1H); 4.50 (m, 2H);4.19 (m, 1H); 4.06 (s, 3H); 4.00 (m, 1H); 2.59 (m, 1H); 2.25 (m, 1H);1.66 (s, 2H); 1.56 (m, 6H); 1.45 (s, 3H); 1.28 (m, 2H); 1.20 (m, 4H);1.02 (s, 9H); 0.94 (m, 2H); 0.66 (m, 2H). LCMS found 833.98 [M+H]⁺.

Example 151

1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.80 g, 1.2 mmol) was taken up in DCM (3 mL) and treated with 4MHCl/dioxane solution (3 mL, 12 mmol) at rt. After 2 h, the volatileswere removed in vacuo to produce 0.71 g (98%) of the HCl salt. LCMSfound 561.0 [M+H]⁺. The HCl salt (0.71 g, 1.2 mmol) was taken up in DCM(5 mL) and treated with TEA (0.84 mL, 6 mmol) and carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (0.70 g,2.4 mmol) at rt. After 24 h, the solution was diluted with DCM and water(5 mL). The stirred solution was then acidified with 12 M HCl until pH=3was obtained. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM and EtOAc, andthe combined organics are washed with brine followed by drying overanhydrous Na₂SO₄. Following concentration in vacuo, the resultingresidue was subjected to column chromatography on SiO₂ (0-17% MeOH/DCM)to provide 0.69 g (86% yield) of1-({4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a pale yellow solid that was used without further purification.LCMS found 716.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 151 was prepared according to the methods presented in Example138 using1-({4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid, replacing sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester with sulfamic acid1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclopropyl ester (0.12 g, 0.56 mmol and 0.19 g,0.87 mmol) with appropriate adjustments for scale to produce 0.207 g(30% yield overall from the P2 alkylated tripeptide) of Compound 151 asa white powder following purification by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.97 (d, 1H); 7.71 (d, 1H); 7.21 (t, 1H); 7.15 (d,1H); 6.48 (s, 1H); 5.39 (m, 1H); 4.62-4.48 (m, 4H); 4.20 (d, 1H); 4.01(m, 1H); 2.87 (qd, 2H); 2.61 (m, 1H); 2.26 (m, 1H); 1.68-1.50 (m, 4H);1.50-1.38 (m, 8H); 1.24-1.16 (m, 4H); 1.12 (s, 9H); 1.00-0.90 (5H). LCMSfound 917.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 152

(1-Difluoromethyl-cyclopropoxy)-triisopropyl-silane synthesized bymethods reported in Journal of Fluorine Chemistry 2002, 207.

A round bottom flask (fitted with glass inlet and outlet) was chargedwith 60 ml DCM followed by Et₂Zn (60 mmol, 60 ml, 1 M in hexane) andcooled to 0° C. TFA (60 mmol, 4.62 ml dissolved in 30 ml DCM) was slowlyadded to the stirring solution. The reaction was stirred for 20 minutes,followed by addition of CH₂I₂ (60 mmol, 4.83 ml dissolved in 20 ml DCM)and 20 minutes further stirring. At this point,(1-Difluoromethyl-vinyloxy)-triisopropyl-silane DCM (11.98 mmol, 3 gdissolved in 30 mL) was added and the mixture warmed to rt and stirredfor 1 hour. The reaction was then quenched with 1 N HCl and water andextracted two times with hexane. The combined organics were washed withsaturated NaHCO₃ and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated,providing (1-difluoromethyl-cyclopropoxy)-triisopropyl-silane which wasused crude in the next reaction.

A three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a reflux condenser wascharged with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (2.6 ml, 29.9 mol) and cooled to0° C. Formic acid (1.13 mL, 29.9 mol) was added dropwise with rapidstirring and with rapid gas evolution observed. Upon complete additionof formic acid, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature.After 2 h, the reaction vessel was cooled to 0° C. and(1-difluoromethyl-cyclopropoxy)-triisopropyl-silane (500 mg, 1.89 mol)dissolved in NMP (5 mL) was added dropwise via an addition funnel. Themixture was warmed to RT and TBAF (7 ml, 7 mmol) was added. Stir mixturefour days. The reaction mixture was poured into cold saturated aqueousNaCl and extracted with EtOAc two times. After removal of the separatedorganic solvent, the crude product was, purified by columnchromatography on silica to provide sulfamic acid1-difluoromethyl-cyclopropyl ester (10 mg, 2.8% yield): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,300 MHz) δ 6.24 (t, 1H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 1.49 (m, 2H), 1.19 (m, 2H).

Compound 152 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-({4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.28 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, substitutingsulfamic acid 1-difluoromethyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl and adjusting for scale, to afford Compound 152(87.1 mg, 35% yield): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) diagnostic δ 6.39 (t, 1H);1.44 (m, 2H), 1.17 (m, 2H); ¹⁹F NMR (CD₃OD, 282.2 MHz) −128.16 (d, 2F).LCMS found 884.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 153

[1-(4-(8-Chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2-{2-ethyl-1-[1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl]-cyclopropylcarbamoyl}-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-propyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method described inExample 138, substituting sulfamic acid1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl and using1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester, adjusting appropriately for scale. The compound waspurified using reverse phase HPLC to give 157.5 mg (15% yield) of thedesired Compound 153 as an off-white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400MHz). δ 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H); 7.69 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H); 7.18 (m, 1H);6.45 (s, 1H); 5.36 (s, 1H); 4.54 (m, 4H); 4.21 (s, 1H); 4.03 (d, J=12Hz, 1H); 2.85 (m, 2H); 2.58 (m, 1H); 2.24 (m, 1H); 1.54 (m, 4H); 1.42(m, 5H); 1.24 (s, 8H); 1.186 (m, 1H); 1.01 (s, 9H); 0.94 (m, 6H). LCMSfound 861.94 [M+H]⁺.

Example 154

To a pre-dried 3-necked round bottom flask (1 L) equipped with anadditional funnel, J-Kem temperature probe and nitrogen inlet and outletwas added anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere.Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 4.53 g, 113.2 mmol) was then addedin portions at 0° C. Diethyl malonate (15.1 g, 94.3 mmol) was dropwiseadded to the mixture keeping the internal temperature below 10° C. in anice bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereaction content was cooled down to 0° C. again and2-chloro-phenylisothiocyanate (16 g, 94.3 mmol) was added to themixture. The resulting mixture was then allowed to warm-up to roomtemperature and stirred for 3 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuoto afford the sodium salt adduct (33 g, 100% yield).

To a solution of the sodium adduct (33.2 g, 94.3 mmol) in anhydrousdimethylformamide (277 mL) at 45° C. was slowly added iodoethane (17.65g, 113.16 mmol) over 20 min and the mixture was stirred at −45° C. for 2hours and warmed up to room temperature and stirred overnight. Thereaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted twice into amixture of ether/hexanes (1:1). The combined organic extracts werewashed with water, brine and dried over MgSO₄. The mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo to obtain an approximately 1:1 mixture of twodifferent alkylated products as a yellow oil. This mixture was carriedonward without further purification. LCMS found 358.14 [M+H]⁺.

In a pre-heated sand bath at 350° C., a solution of the alkylatedproducts (33.7 g, 94.3 mmol) in diphenyl ether (330 mL) was heated untilthe internal temperature reached 220° C. and then stirred for 15 minutesat this temperature. The solution was cooled to room temperature and themixture loaded directly on a silica gel cartridge and purified by flashchromatography to afford8-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-hydroxy-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid ethylester (19.81 g, 67.4% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.14 (d, 1H),7.82 (d, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 4.60-4.53 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.31 (m, 2H),1.60-1.44 (m, 6H). LCMS found 312.12 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of8-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-hydroxy-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid ethylester (19.81 g, 63.5 mmol) in THF:MeOH (1:1, 150 mL) at room temperaturewas added 1N NaOH. The reaction was allowed to stir at reflux for 24hours, monitoring by HPLC. Upon the completion of the reaction, themixture was acidified with 4N HCl and extracted 3 times withdichloromethane. The organic phases were combined, dried over Mg₂SO₄,and concentrated in vacuo to afford8-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-hydroxy-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid (17.17 g,95% yield). LCMS found 383.88 [M+H]⁺.

8-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-hydroxy-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid (17.17 g,60.52 mmol) was suspended in diphenyl ether (250 mL) and heated to 250°C. for 30 minutes and the mixture was then cooled down to roomtemperature. The mixture was directly transferred onto a load cartridgeand purified by column chromatography to afford8-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-quinolin-4-ol (12.36 g, 85% yield). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 8.25 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 6.52 (s,1H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.44 (m, 3H). LCMS found 240.17 [M+H]⁺.

8-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-quinolin-4-ol (10.26 g, 42.8 mmol) wasdissolved in anhydrous dimethylformamide (100 mL). Cesium carbonate(27.9 g, 85.6 mmol) was added, followed by p-methoxybenzyl chloride (8.0g, 51.36 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 65° C. for 2 hours andthen cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. Thediluted reaction mixture was washed with brine 2 times, dried overMg₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized fromEtOAc/Hexanes to afford8-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (11.14 g, 67%yield). LCMS found 360.21 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of8-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (11.14 g,30.96 mmol) in chloroform (300 mL) was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid(13.9 g, 61.9 mmol) in three portions at 0° C. (exotherm). The reactionmixture was then stirred overnight at room temperature. Upon confirmingcompletion of the reaction by LCMS and HPLC, the mixture was quenchedwith a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate and stirredapproximately 10 min at room temperature. The mixture was diluted withdichloromethane and the phases separated. The organic layer was washedwith 1N NaOH and brine, dried over MgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was recrystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexanesto afford 8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline(11.28 g, 93% yield) of white bright crystals. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ8.18 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.51 (t, 1H), 7.43 (d, 2H),6.97 (d, 2H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.68 (q, 2H), 1.45 (t, 3H).LCMS found 391.88 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of sodium hydride (60 wt %, 177 mg, 7.7 mmol) in THF (3mL) was added trifluoroethanol and8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (300 mg,0.77 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h,quenched with H₂O, then diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. Theresulting organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedto provide crude8-Chloro-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-quinoline.LCMS found 397.9 [M+H]⁺. The crude quinoline was then dissolved inCH₂Cl₂ (4 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL). After stirring for 15 minthe reaction was concentrated. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (10-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide8-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol (220 mg, 100% yield).LCMS found 278.3 [M+M]⁺.

1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid was prepared according to the method presented in Example 138.Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (566 mg, 0.82 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing8-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol (228 mg, 0.82 mmol).Purification of the crude product was accomplished by columnchromatography on silica (30→50% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide1-({1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (376 mg, 63% yield). LCMS found 729.3 [M+H]⁺. To asolution of the methyl ester (376 mg, 0.52 mmol) in a 1:1:1 mixture ofTHF:MeOH:H₂O (6 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (109 mg, 2.60 mmol). Theresulting slurry was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reactionmixture was then diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1 N HCl and brine.The resulting organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate andconcentrated to provide the crude acid (369 mg, 100% yield). LCMS found714.8 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of the acid (369 mg, 0.52 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was addedHATU (294 mg, 0.77 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.134 mL, 0.77mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h thensulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (126 mg, 1.04 mmol) and DBU (0.311 mL,2.08 mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at roomtemperature overnight. The resulting solution was diluted with EtOActhen washed with aqueous 1 N HCl and brine. The organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified byreverse phase HPLC (30→90% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) to provide Compound 154 (326mg, 75% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.09 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H),7.77 (d, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 5.08-5.04 (m,2H), 4.55-4.50 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 4.06-4.03 (m,1H), 2.62 (dd, 1H), 2.29-2.24 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.23 (m, 10H),1.02 (s, 9H), 1.00-0.94 (m, 5H), 0.74 (s, 2H). LCMS found 888.3 [M+H]⁺.

Example 155

Compound 155 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of example 77. Treatment of compound 154 (163 mg, 0.19 mmol)and carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (112 mg, 0.20 mmol) under thesame conditions adjusted for scale afforded the desired product (124 mg,70% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): d 9.12 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.77(d, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 5.07 (q, 2H),4.56-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 1H), 4.04-4.01 (m, 1H), 2.64(dd, 1H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.22 (m,1H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.99-0.94 (m, 5H), 0.76-0.74 (m, 2H).LCMS found 888.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 156

Intermediate 8-Chloro-2-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol wasprepared according to the method presented in Example 154. Treatment of8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (500 mg,1.28 mmol) and with the exception of using 2-morpholin-4-yl-ethanol(0.468 mL, 3.83 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scalefollowed by deprotection with TFA (5 mL) afforded the desired quinoline(328 mg, 83% yield). LCMS found 308.8 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 156 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (731 mg, 1.06 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing8-chloro-2-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol (328 mg, 1.06 mmol)and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (65 mg, 0.54 mmol).Purification of the crude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC(30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 156 (104 mg, 22% yieldover 4 steps). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H),7.26 (t, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 4.98-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.47(m, 2H), 4.17 (s, 1H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 4H), 3.68 (m, 2H),3.46 (m, 4H), 2.61 (dd, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.40 (m,4H), 1.30-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.23 (s, 9H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.97 (t, 3H), 0.65(m, 2H). LCMS found 878.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 157

Compound 157 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of example 77. Treatment of compound 156 (100 mg, 0.11 mmol)and carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (67 mg, 0.22 mmol) under thesame conditions adjusted for scale afforded the desired product (72 mg,68% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H), 7.81(dd, 1H), 7.33 (t, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 5.45 (m, 1H), 5.01 (m, 2H), 4.59(dd, 1H), 4.53 (d, 1H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 3H), 3.92-3.77 (m,6H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 1H), 2.37-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.71 (s, 3H),1.67-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.32 (q, 2H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.21(s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H), 1.00 (t, 3H), 0.72-071 (m, 2H). LCMS found 932.91[M+H]⁺.

Example 158

Intermediate 8-chloro-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol was preparedaccording to the method presented in Example 154. Treatment of8-Chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (400 mg,1.02 mmol) and with the exception of using 2-methoxyethanol (0.403 mL,5.10 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scale followed bydeprotection with TFA (4 mL) afforded the desired quinoline (260 mg, 99%yield). LCMS found 254.0 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 158 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (673 mg, 0.98 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing8-chloro-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol (248 mg, 0.98 mmol) andsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (70 mg, 0.58 mmol) to affordthe crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC (30→90%MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide compound 158 (158 mg, 55% overall yield).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.04 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H),7.18 (t, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 5.33 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.62 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.46(m, 2H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 4.02-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.80 (t, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H),2.56 (dd, 1H), 2.26-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.26(m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 9H), 1.19-1.15 (m, 1H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.93 (t, 3H),0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 823.99 [M+H]⁺.

Example 159

Compound 158 was prepared according to the method presented in thesynthesis of Example 77. Treatment of Compound 158 (153 mg, 0.19 mmol)and carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (109 mg, 0.38 mmol) under thesame conditions adjusted for scale afforded the desired product (133 mg,81% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.10 (s, 1H), 7.95 (dd, 1H), 7.71(dd, 1H), 7.21 (t, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.36 (m, 1H), 4.65 (t, 2H),4.53-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.18 (s, 1H), 4.00 (dd, 1H), 3.81 (t, 2H), 3.42 (s,3H), 2.59 (dd, 1H), 2.28-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.48 (m, 4H),1.46 (s, 3H), 1.27 (q, 2H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.20 (m, 1H), 1.02 (s, 9H),0.96 (t, 3H), 0.66 (m, 2H). LCMS found 877.98 [M+H]⁺.

Example 160

To a solution of glycoaldehydedimethylacetal (704 mg, 6.63 mmol) and NaH(60 wt %, 265 mg, 6.63 mmol) in THF (51 mL) was added8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (2.00 g,5.10 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient-temperature for 25 min.The reaction mixture was partitioned with H₂O and EtOAc. The layers wereseparated and the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and purified bycolumn chromatography on silica (13-35% EtOAc/Hexane) to provide theacetal as white solid (1.93 g, 94% yield). LCMS found 403.8 [M+H]⁺.

The acetal (2.05 g, 5.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (23.9 mL) and MeOH(1.93 mL, 47.8 mmol) and to which TFA (23.9 mL) was added. The reactionwas stirred at ambient temperature for 15 min. The reaction was dilutedwith MeOH (47 mL) and concentrated. The crude mixture was partitionedwith sat. NaHCO₃ and DCM. The layers were separated and the organiclayer was purified by column chromatography on silica (20-60%EtOAc/Hexane) to provide the phenol as a white solid (1.41 g, 98%yield). LCMS found 283.8 [M+H]⁺.

Intermediate(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester was prepared according to the method presented inthe synthesis of compound 138. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (2.01 g, 2.92 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with the exception of utilizing2-(2,2-dimethoxy)-ethyl-8-chloro-quinolin-4-ol (720 mg, 2.54 mmol) andsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (735 mg, 4.86 mmol) to providethe acyl sulfamate (1.64 g, 76% yield). LCMS found 854.0 [M+H]⁺.

(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (444 mg, 0.520 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (2.6mL) and MeOH (0.21 mL, 5.20 mmol), and treated with TFA (2.6 mL). Afterstirring for 25 min at room temperature, MeOH (7 mL) was added and thesolvents were removed in vacuo. The crude mixture was partitioned withsaturated NaHCO₃ and DCM. The layers were separated and the organiclayer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The resultant residue wasdissolved in DCM (5.2 mL) to which carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (183 mg, 0.624 mmol) anddiisopropylethylamine (362 μL, 2.08 mmol) were added sequentially. Afterstirring for 24 h at 35° C., the reaction was purified by columnchromatography on silica (3-7% MeOH/DCM) to provide(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (222 mg, 47% yield). LCMSfound 908.0 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (285 mg, 0.314 mmol) inAcOH (2.9 mL) was added 1.4 N HCl (1.1 mL). The reaction was stirred at60° C. for 30 min. The solvents were removed in vacuo. The crude mixturewas partitioned with sat. NaHCO₃ and EtOAc. The layers were separatedand the organic layer was washed with brine and dried over Na₂SO₄, andthen concentrated and dried under high-vac. for 10 min. The resultantresidue was dissolved in 2M dimethylamine/THF (4.0 μL) to whichNaBH(OAc)₃ (113 mg, 0.628 mmol) and AcOH (2.0 mL) were addedsequentially. After stirring for 24 h at room temperature, the reactionwas directly purified by column chromatography on silica (5-12%MeOH/DCM) and subsequently by reverse phase HPLC (30-95% ACN/H₂O-0.1%formic acid) to provide 51.6 mg (18% yield) of Compound 160. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m,1H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 5.22 (s, 1H), 4.79-4.67 (m, 2H), 4.24-3.98 (m, 2H),3.30 (s, 1H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.69 (m, 1H),2.35 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.38 (m, 10H), 1.23-0.83 (m, 18H), 0.43 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 891.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 161

Compound 161 was prepared according to the method presented in example160. Treatment of(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (285 mg, 0.314 mmol) andwith the exception of using 3-azetidinol occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, to afford compound 161 (78.1 mg, 27%yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.77 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m,1H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 5.19-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.75(m, 1H), 4.64-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.37 (m, 2H), 4.20-3.90 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.50(m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.38 (m, 10H), 1.23-0.83 (m,18H), 0.43 (m, 2H). LCMS found 919.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 162

Compound 162 was prepared according to the method presented in example160. Treatment of(1-{4-[8-chloro-2-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-2-[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropylcarbamoyl]-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl}-2,2-dimethyl-propyl)-carbamicacid 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (352 mg, 0.388 mmol) andwith the exception of using azetidine occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, to afford Compound 162 (113 mg, 32%yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.59 (m,1H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 5.21 (s, 1H), 4.74-4.55 (m, 2H),4.40-4.21 (m, 2H), 4.13 (m, 4H), 4.02-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.41 (m, 2H),2.43 (m, 3H), 2.09 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.38 (m, 10H), 1.23-0.83 (m, 18H), 0.43(m, 2H); LCMS found 903.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 163

Pyrazole (3.32 g, 48.7 mmol, 3 equiv) was weighed out in a small roundbottom flask (50 mL) and melted in an oil bath at 80° C.2,4-Dichloro-7-methoxy-quinoline (3.7 g, 16.2 mmol, 1 equiv) was addedand the melt was heated to 135° C. for 2 hours with continuous stirring.LCMS showed the complete consumption of dichloride reactant but themajority of the product was 7-methoxy-2,4-di-pyrazol-1-yl-quinoline. Thedesired mono-pyrazole product,4-chloro-7-methoxy-2-pyrazol-1-yl-quinoline, was separated by normalcolumn chromatography (20% EtOAc/Hexanes) (343 mg, 8% yield). LCMS found260.29 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 163 was prepared according to the method presented in example16. Treatment of1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (250 mg, 0.55 mmol) under the same conditions adjusted for scaleand with the exception of utilizing4-chloro-7-methoxy-2-pyrazol-1-yl-quinoline (143 mg, 0.55 mmol) andsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (94 mg, 0.525 mmol) providedcompound 163 (146 mg, 72% yield): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.81 (s,1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d,1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 4.15 (m,1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.59 (m,4H), 1.28 (m, 11H), 1.05-0.97 (m, 13H), 0.69 (s, 2H). LCMS found 812.03[M+H]⁺.

Example 164

In a pre-dried 3-necked round bottom flask was dissolved2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylamine (91 mg, 0.92 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in drytetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL), under a nitrogen atmosphere. The flask wascooled down to −78° C. and 2.5M n-BuLi in hexanes (428 μL, 1.07 mmol,1.4 equiv) was added via syringe. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutesthen gradually warmed to 0° C. At this point,8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (300 mg,0.766 mmol, 1 equiv) in a solution of THF was slowly added. The mixturewas stirred for 17 h at room temperature then quenched with brine andextracted into dichloromethane. The organic layer was dried over MgSO₄and concentrated down in vacuo to afford[8-chloro-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinolin-2-yl]-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amine(203 mg, 67% yield). LCMS found 397.11 [M+H]⁺.

[8-Chloro-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinolin-2-yl]-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-amine(200 mg, 0.504 mmol, 1 equiv) was stirred in (1:1) mixture ofTFA:Dichloromethane (110 mL) at room temperature for about 1 hour. Thevolatiles were subsequently removed on rotovap and used without furtherpurification as a TFA salt. LCMS found 277.42 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 164 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (344 mg, 0.5 mmol) occurred under the same conditions,adjusted for scale and with exception of utilizing8-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethylamino)-quinolin-4-ol (138 mg, 0.5 mmol)and sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (158 mg, 1.15 mmol). Purification ofthe crude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC (20%→85%,MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide compound 164 (388 mg, 85% yield): ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.11 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.40 (t, 1H), 6.77 (br s,1H), 5.57 (br s, 1H), 4.66-4.51 (m, 4H), 4.28-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.14 (br s,1H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.4-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.58(m, 4H), 1.45 (s, 1H), 1.19 (s, 9H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.02-0.94 (m, 6H),0.77 (d, 2H). LCMS found 833.05 [M+H]⁺.

Example 165

Compound 165 was prepared according to the method presented in Example77 adjusted for scale and with the exception of starting from compound164. Purification of the crude product was accomplished by reverse phaseHPLC (20%→85%, MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to afford Compound 165 (30.6 mg, 57%yield): ¹H NMR (CHCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.63 (d, 11H), 7.22 (brs, 1H), 7.05 (t, 1H), 6.07 (br s, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.38(m, 2H), 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H),1.68-1.56 (m, 5H), 1.51-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.97 (m,10H), 0.92 (m, 3H), 0.72 (br s, 2H). LCMS found 887.02 [M+H]⁺.

Example 166

In a pre-dried 3-necked round bottom flask was added 2M ethylaminesolution in THF (960 μL, 1.92 mmol), under nitrogen atmosphere. Theflask was cooled to −78° C. and 2.5M n-BuLi in hexanes (768 μL, 1.92mmol) was added via syringe. The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes andthen allowed to warm up to room temperature. As the temperature waswarming up, at approximately 0° C.,8-chloro-2-ethanesulfonyl-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinoline (500 mg,1.28 mmol) in a solution in THF was slowly added from a syringe. Themixture was stirred for 17 h at room temperature. The mixture wasquenched with brine and extracted into dichloromethane. The organiclayer was dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to provide thedesired compound (373 mg, 85% yield). LCMS found 343.10 [M+H]⁺.

[8-Chloro-4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-quinolin-2-yl]-ethyl-amine (373 mg,1.09 mmol) was stirred in TFA:Dichloromethane (1:1, 10 mL) at roomtemperature for about 1 hour. The volatiles were subsequently removed onrotovap and the crude residue was used directly as a TFA salt. LCMSfound 223.29 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 166 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (764 mg, 1.11 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with exception of utilizing8-chloro-2-ethylamino-quinolin-4-ol (373 mg, 1.11 mmol) as TFA salt andsulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (365 mg, 2.04 mmol).Purification of the crude product was accomplished by reverse phase HPLC(20%→85%, MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 166 (680 mg, 88%yield): ¹H NMR (CHCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.55 (br s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.62(m, 1H), 7.34 (br s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.02 (br s, 1H), 5.31-5.12 (m,3H), 4.53-4.34 (m, 3H), 4.12-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.41 (br s,2H), 1.61 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.33 (s, 6H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 0.96(s, 6H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.89-0.83 (m, 4H), 0.56 (s, 2H). LCMS found793.01 [M+H]⁺.

Example 167

Compound 167 was prepared according to the method presented in Example77 adjusted for scale and with the exception of starting from compound166. Purification of the crude product was accomplished by reverse phaseHPLC (20%→85%, MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 167 (200 mg, 29%yield): ¹H NMR (CHCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 9.01 (br s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.89(d, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.22 (t, 1H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 5.52-5.47 (m, 2H),4.57-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.19 (m, 2H), 3.49 (br s,2H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.64 (m, 5H), 1.52(s, 3H), 1.45 (m, 3H), 1.38 (s, 2H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.17(m, 1H), 1.01 (s, 6H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.91 (m, 3H), 0.60 (s, 2H). LCMSfound 846.95 [M+H]⁺.

Example 168

To a solution of 4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester HCl salt (4 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was addedtert-butoxycarbonylamino-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetic acid (2.86 g, 11mmol), HATU (5.7 g, 15 mmol) and DIPEA (7 mL, 40 mmol). The solution wasstirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was diluted with DCMand washed twice with aq NH₄Cl and brine. The organic layer was driedover MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography from hexane/EtOAc to provide4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester (4.25 g 70% yield). LCMS found 606 ([M+H]⁺.

Treatment of4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid methyl ester under the same conditions as presented in example 137adjusted for scale and with the exception of using8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol provided1-{[1-[2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid. LCMS found 690 ([M+H]⁺.

The1-{[1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.76 g, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF/MeOH/H₂O(3:3:1) (7 mL) and lithium hydroxide (143 mg, 5.5 mmol) was added. Thereaction was stirred at room temperature for approximately 1 hour andthe solvent was then removed. The residue was diluted with 1M HCl andthen extracted with EtOAc twice. The combined organic layers were washedwith brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 0.7 g(95% yield) of the desired carboxylic acid as a white solid compound.LCMS found 690 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of1-{[1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added HATU (167 mg, 0.44mmol) and DIPEA (0.077 mL, 0.44 mmol). The solution was stirred at roomtemperature for 15 min before sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (80 mg,0.58 mmol) and DBU (0.17 mL, 1.16 mmol) were added. The reaction wasthen stirred for an additional 16 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAcand washed twice with 1M aqueous HCl and Brine. The organic layer wasdried over MgSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The desired sulfamate wasprecipitated from EtOH/H₂O to afford compound 168 (118 mg, 50% yield).¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H),7.24 (m, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 4.59 (m, 4H), 4.32 (m, 1H),4.10-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m,1H), 1.61-1.21 (m, 1H), 1.19 (m, 11H), 0.98 (m, 6H), 0.77 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 809 [M+H]⁺.

Example 169

Compound 169 was prepared according to the method presented in example138. Treatment of1-{[1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.29 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale to provide compound 169 as a white solid (107 mg). ¹H MNR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H),6.49 (s, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 4.57 (m, 4H), 4.11-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m,2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.32 (m, 16H), 1.20(m, 11H), 0.98 (m, 4H), 0.70 (m, 2H). LCMS found 823 [M+H]⁺.

Example 170

Compound 170 was prepared according to the method presented in Example138, substituting sulfamic acid 1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-cyclopropylester for sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl and using1-{[1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.29 mmol) occurred under the same conditions, adjustedfor scale to afford Compound 170 as a white solid (103 mg). ¹H MNR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ9.31 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H),6.50 (s, 1H), 5.42 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 4H), 4.10-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.39 (m,2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.31(m, 15H), 1.19 (m, 11H), 0.97 (m, 4H). LCMS found 891 [M+H]⁺.

Example 171

Compound 171 was prepared according to the methods described in Example77. Treatment of Compound 168 (100 mg, 0.12 mmol) under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, provided Compound 171 (82 mg, 77%yield). ¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d,1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 4.71-4.54 (m, 4H), 4.32(m, 1H), 4.06-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H),2.14 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.43 (m, 9H), 1.40 (S, 3H), 1.34-1.20 (m, 4H), 1.01(S, 3H), 0.95 (m, 6H), 0.77 (m, 2H). LCMS found 863 [M+H]⁺.

Example 172

Compound 172 was prepared according to the methods described in Example77. Treatment of Compound 167 (200 mg, 0.24 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (141mg, 0.48 mmol) provided Compound 172 (120 mg, 56% yield). ¹H MNR (300MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.24 (m, 1H),6.50 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 4.59 (m, 4H), 4.06-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m,2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.09 (m, 24H), 0.98(m, 4H), 0.70 (m, 2H). LCMS found 877 [M+H]⁺.

Examples 173 and 174

In a 500 mL rbf at rt were added (in order)1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5 g, 32 mmol), CH₂Cl₂(150mL), Et₂iPrN (12.3 mL), and NH(OMe)Me (4.7 g) with stirring. Thesolution was cooled to 0° C. and HATU (13.4 g) was added. The ice bathwas removed and the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirredfor 15 hours. The reaction was then poured onto 1N HCl/ice and extractedwith Et₂O (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washedsuccessively with 1N HCl, 1M NaOH, water, and brine, and then dried oversodium sulfate. After filtration, concentration in vacuo (80 Torr) gavesufficiently pure material to carry forward without further purification(17.2 mmol, 54% yield). LCMS found 198.02 [M+H]⁺.

Powdered LiAlH₄ was added to anhydrous Et₂O and cooled to 0° C. in aflame-dried 3-neck round-bottom flask under inert atmosphere. To thecloudy solution was dropwise added1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide (3.4g, 17.2 mmol) over 5 minutes with vigorous stirring. The reaction wascontinued to stir at 0° C. until complete consumption of startingmaterial was observed by TLC. All 3-necks were then opened to air, andwater (0.65 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. NaOH (15 wt % in water, 0.65mL) was then carefully added at 0° C. Water (0.65 mL) was again addeddropwise at 0° C. The reaction slurry was filtered through celite, andwashed 2×50 mL with Et₂O. The aldehyde was provided as a clear paleyellow solution in Et₂O, and was carried onward without concentration orpurification due to its volatility (100% yield assumed; product notcharacterized).

To 1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (17.2 mmol) in Et₂O (150mL) was added acetone cyanohydrin (3.15 mL) and Et₃N (4.8 mL). Thereaction was stirred for 17 h at rt, and then concentrated in vacuo. NH₃in MeOH (30 mL, 4M) was then added and stirred for an additional 17 h atroom temperature. All volatiles were subsequently removed in vacuo. Thecrude residue was carried onward without purification. The residue wasthen dissolved in Et₂O, cooled to 0° C., and 2M HCl in dioxanes wasslowly added and the solid collected by filtration to give the desiredproduct (100% yield assumed, product not characterized).

To tert-butoxycarbonylamino-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid(17.2 mmol) at room temperature was added 6N HCl(aq) (50 mL). Thereaction mixture was refluxed for 17 h, then cooled to 0° C. andcarefully basified with 30% aq NaOH (47 mL). Boc₂O (15.8 g) was addedand stirred for 18 h. The reaction was then brought to pH 4 with 1M HCland extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organics were washedsuccessively with 1M HCl and brine, and then dried over sodium sulfate.Concentration in vacuo gave the crude reside. Purification via flashcolumn chromatography, using MeOH and CH₂Cl₂, gave the desired productas a clear liquid (1.7 g, 35% yield from1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide). ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz)

8.9 (br s, 1H), 4.0 (d, 1H), 1.5 (s, 9H), 1.38-1.0 (m, 4H).

To1-{[4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (56 mg, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added iPr₂EtN (90μL) and HATU (143 mg). After stirring for 15 min at room temperature,tert-butoxycarbonylamino-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropyl)-acetic acid wasadded (117 mg) and stirred for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was thenadded to saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with EtOAc. Thecombined organic extracts were washed with 1N HCl, water, and brine, andthen dried over magnesium sulfate. Purification by flash columnchromatography separated two diastereomeric products (configurationassigned by activity of final product). (R)-diastereomer (29 mg, 33%yield) and (S)-diastereomer (44 mg, 50% yield). LCMS found 726.99[M+H]⁺.

A solution of1-{[1-[2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropyl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (45 mg, 0.06 mmol) in THF/MeOH/H₂O (1:1:1, 3 mL) wasstirred at room temperature. To the solution was added LiOH (10 mg) andthe reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. for 3 hours. Completeconversion was observed by LCMS, as well as complete epimerization. Inone instance of running this reaction, purification by HPLC wasattempted, and provided a small amount of pure diastereomer (5% yield, 9mg) (R)-configuration assigned based on final product's activity). In aseparate instance of running this reaction, the diastereomeric mixture(1:1 at P3) was carried on crude. LCMS found 712.96 [M+H]⁺.

To a room temperature solution of1-{[1-[2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclopropyl)-acetyl]-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (40 mg, 0.06 mmol, procedure was for (R/S)-diastereomeric mixtureat P3) in DMF (5 mL) was added i-Pr₂EtN (31 μL) and HATU (34 mg). Themixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then DBU (36 μL) and sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (18 mg). The reaction was stirred for 18h at room temperature, then added to 5% aq. citric acid. The mixture wasextracted with EtOAc, and the combined organics were washed with brineand dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration in vacuo followed bypurification by reverse phase HPLC gave the desired product Compound 174(13 mg, 26% yield, 1:1 diastereomeric mixture at P3). Same procedure asabove for (R)-diastereomer at P3, provided desired product Compound 173in 44% yield (4:5 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 8.9(s, 0.5H), 7.9 (d, 0.5H), 7.8 (d, 0.5H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H),7.17 (m, 1H), 6.27 (s, 0.5H), 6.24 (s, 0.5H), 5.29 (br s, 1H), 5.11 (s,0.5H), 4.98 (s, 0.5H), 4.58 (q, 2H), 4.48-4.3 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.1 (m, 2H),2.6 (m, 0.5H), 2.5 (m, 0.5H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.65 (s, 1.5H), 1.60 (s,1.5H), 1.48-1.62 (m, 7H). LCMS found 845.94 [M+H]⁺.

Example 175

To a solution of1-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid methylester (4.95 g, 20.3 mmol) in a mixture of THF (40 mL) and MeOH (40 mL)was added aqueous LiOH (2.5M, 40 mL, 100 mmol, 5 equiv.). The solutionwas heated to 45° C. (external temperature) for 5 h before cooling toroom temperature. To the reaction was added aqueous HCl (6M, 20 mL) andthe volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAcand the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was washed withBrine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to give the crude acid.

To a portion of the crude acid (2.02 g, 8.8 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (45 mL) wasadded sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (2.0 g, 13.26 mmol), HATU(3.68 g, 9.7 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (8.0 mL, 45.9 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days beforedilution with CH₂Cl₂. The solution was washed twice with aqueous HCl(1M) and once with Brine. The aqueous layers were backextracted withCH₂Cl₂. The organic layers were combined, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated in vacuo. The crude sulfamate was purified by columnchromatography (20→100% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester (2.8 g, 89%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 300 MHz) δ 10.05(s, 1H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 1.47-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.41 (m,4H), 1.06 (m, 1H), 0.975 (t, 3H), 0.65 (m, 2H).

4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester 2-methyl ester (5.68 g, 12.23 mmol) was dissolved inNMP (40 mL) and 8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-ol (3.0 g, 13.4 mmol) wasadded followed by cesium carbonate (12.01 g, 36.86 mmol). The reactionwas heated to 65° C. for three hours and then cooled to roomtemperature. The reaction was then diluted with EtOAc and washed withwater, saturated ammonium chloride and brine. The organic layer wasdried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue was thentriturated with methanol to give 3.98 g (72% yield) of the intermediateas a solid. The intermediate (2.94 g, 6.52 mmol) was then dissolved inTHF/MeOH (1:1, 52 mL) and lithium hydroxide (781 mg, 32.6 mmol) wasadded as a solution in water (13 mL). The reaction was stirred at roomtemperature for approximately 1 hour and the solvent was then removed.The residue was diluted with 1M HCl and then extracted with EtOAc twice.The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 2.74 g (96% yield) of thedesired carboxylic acid as a white solid. LCMS found 436.92 [M+H]⁺.

[2-ethyl-1-(1-methyl-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl)-cyclopropyl]-carbamicacid tert-butyl ester was treated with HCl in dioxanes to afford the HClsalt of (1-amino-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (1.81 g, 6.91 mmol). To this amine was addeda solution of4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylic acid1-tert-butyl ester (2.74 g, 6.27 mmol), diisopropylethyl amine (5.4 mL,31.35 mmol) and HATU (3.71 g, 9.78 mmol). The reaction was stirred atroom temperature overnight. The solution was transferred to a seperatoryfunnel and the organic layer was washed with 1M HCl and brine, driedover magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude residue wastriturated with DCM and filtered to get 1.83 g (43% yield) of thecoupled intermediate as a solid. This intermediate (1.83 g, 2.69 mmol)was then dissolved in DCM (30 mL) and HCl in dioxanes (6.7 mL) wasadded. The reaction was stirred at room temperature two hours and thenthe solvent was removed to give 1.71 g of the desired product(1-{[4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester as the HCl salt. LCMS found 850.88[M+H]⁺.

Compound 175 was prepared according to the methods described in Example27. Treatment of(1-{[4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (250 mg, 0.43 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of usingBoc-protected valine (117 mg, 0.54 mmol, 25 equiv.) anddiisopropylethylamine (0.37 mL 2.15 mmol, 5 eq) provided Compound 175(65 mg, 19%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.24(t, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 4.47-4.64 (m, 4H), 3.95-4.09 (m,2H), 2.58 (dd, 1H), 2.27-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.10 (q, 1H), 1.48-1.70 (m, 7H),1.45 (t, 3H), 1.12-1.41 (m, 12H), 0.88-1.01 (m, 9H), 0.65-0.71 (m, 2H).LCMS found 779.91 [M+H]⁺.

Example 176

Alpha-methyl-valine (500 mg, 3.8 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (6 mL)and treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (998 mg, 4.6 mmol, 1.2 eq)and NaOH (3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 8 days after which the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, dilutedwith EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl, dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude (811 mg) product was used directly in thenext reaction. ¹H NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz) δ 1.36 (s, 9H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 0.83(dd, 1H).

Compound 176 was prepared according to the methods described in Example60. Treatment of(1-{[4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarbonyl)-sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (170 mg, 0.292 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of usingN-Boc-alpha-methyl-valine (203 mg, 0.88 mmol, 3 equiv.), anddiisopropylethylamine (0.25 mL 1.46 mmol, 5 eq) provided Compound 176(6.9 mg, 3%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.26(t, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 4.65 (t, 1H), 4.52-4.60 (m, 4H),3.72-3.83 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.76 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.66 (s, 5H),1.517 (s, 9H) 1.43-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.32 (m, 7H), 1.03 (t, 3H), 0.82(d, 3H), 0.61 (m, 5H). LCMS found 794.37 [M+H]⁺.

Example 177

Compound 177 was prepared analogously to the procedure presented inExample 151, starting from1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid, substituting sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester with sulfamic acid1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclopropyl ester, and adjusting for scale toproduce 0.134 g (45%) of Compound 177 as a white powder followingpurification by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 9.13 (s,1H); 7.99 (d, 1H); 7.73 (s, 1H); 7.24 (t, 1H); 6.51 (s, 1H); 5.41 (m,1H); 4.64-4.50 (m, 4H); 4.27 (m, 1H); 4.21 (s, 1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 2.63(m, 1H); 2.28 (m, 1H); 1.66-1.50 (m, 4H); 1.46 (s, 3H); 1.46 (t, 3H);1.21 (s, 3H); 1.21 (m, 1H); 1.03 (s, 9H); 1.02-0.92 (m, 5H); 0.75 (m,2H). LCMS found 834.03 [M+H]⁺.

Example 178

To 1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutanol (2.2 g, 15 mmol) in dichloromethane(7.5 mL, 2M) was added pyridine (3 mL) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate(4 g, 18.3 mmol). The flask was sealed and stirred at room temperaturefor 2 days. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) andwashed with 1M KHSO_(4(aq)), saturated sodium bicarbonate, water, andbrine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentratedin vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (gradient elutionwith 10% to 40% EtOAc in hexane) gave 2.2 g (48% yield) of carbonic acid4-nitro-phenyl ester 1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester as a colorlessoil. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.35 (d, 2H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 2.78-2.85 (m,2H), 2.58-2.70 (m, 2H), 1.9-2.1 (m, 2H).

To1-{[1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (200 mg, 0.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added HCl (4N indioxane) at room temperature. After 2 h, analysis of the reactionmixture by LC-MS showed complete conversion of starting material. Atthis point, the reaction was cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (2 mL)was added dropwise, followed by carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester (300 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction wasallowed to warm to room temperature and stirred 14 h. The reactionmixture was then poured into a 1N solution of KHSO_(4(aq)) and extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1NKHSO_(4(aq)), water, and brine, and subsequently dried over magnesiumsulfate. Concentration, followed by purification by reverse phase HPLCand lyophilization gave 110 mg (50% yield) of1-({4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a white powder. LCMS found 727.03 [M+H]⁺.

To1-({4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-1-[3,3-dimethyl-2-(1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutoxycarbonylamino)-butyryl]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (110 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DMF (3 mL, 0.05 M) was added i-Pr₂EtN (90μL, 0.38 mmol) and HATU (86 mg, 0.23 mmol) and stirred 1 h at rt. To thereaction mixture at rt was added sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (46 mg,0.30 mmol) and DBU (90 μL, 0.60 mmol). The reaction was stirred 17 h atrt, and then added to 5% aq citric acid and extracted with ethylacetate. The combined organic extracts were washed water, and brine, andsubsequently dried over magnesium sulfate. Concentration, followed bypurification by reverse phase HPLC and lyophilization gave{1-[4-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2-(1-cyclopropoxysulfonylaminocarbonyl-2-ethyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propyl}-carbamicacid 1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester (20 mg, 16% yield) as a whitepowder. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz) δ 9.18 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d,1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 5.4 (br s, 1H), 4.45-4.6 (m, 4H),4.2-4.3 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 4H), 1.5-1.7 (m, 4H),1.43 (t, 3H), 1.2-1.3 (m, 3H) 1.2 (dd, 2H), 1.1-0.9 (m, 13H), 0.85 (m,2H). LCMS found 846.00 [M+H]⁺.

Example 179

To a solution of Compound 138 in DCM (50 mL) was added 4N HCl indioxanes (30.7 mL) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for1.5 hrs. The solvent was removed in vacuo. A portion of the residue (350mg, 0.48 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), to which wasadded triethylamine (335 μl, 2.4 mmol) and carbonic acid cyclopentylester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (131 mg, 0.57 mmol). After twohours the solvent was removed and the crude product was purified usingreverse phase HPLC to give 100.9 mg (26% yield) of the desired Compound179 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.94 (d, 1H);7.69 (d, 1H); 7.20 (m, 1H); 6.81 (d, 1H); 6.45 (s, 1H); 5.37 (s, 1H);4.64 (m, 1H); 4.51 (m, 4H); 4.26 (m, 1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 2.59 (m, 1H);2.25 (m, 1H); 1.70 (m, 1H); 1.66 (s, 3H); 1.55 (m, 7H); 1.43 (m, 4H);1.27 (m, 5H); 1.01 (s, 9H); 0.95 (m, 3H); 0.65 (m, 2H). LCMS found805.97 [M+H]⁺.

Example 180

Compound 180 was prepared according to the method presented in Example179, substituting carbonic acid 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester for carbonic acid cyclopentyl ester2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester and adjusting appropriately for scale.The compound was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give 45.6 mg (27%yield) of the desired compound 180 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.82 (d, 1H); 7.69 (d, 1H); 7.21 (m, 1H); 6.84 (d,1H); 6.47 (s, 1H); 5.38 (m, 1H); 4.55 (m, 2H); 4.46 (m, 2H); 4.27 (d,1H); 4.06 (m, 1H); 2.58 (m, 1H); 2.25 (m, 1H); 1.65 (s, 3H); 1.54 (m,4H); 1.43 (m, 3H); 1.28 (m, 2H); 1.02 (s, 9H); 094 (m, 3H); 0.70 (m,1H); 0.64 (m, 2H); 0.47 (m, 2H). LCMS found 791.99 [M+H]⁺.

Example 181

Compound 181 was prepared according to the method presented in Example179, substituting carbonic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester1-trifluoromethyl-cyclobutyl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester forcarbonic acid cyclopentyl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester andadjusting appropriately for scale. The compound was purified usingreverse phase HPLC to give 144.6 mg (31% yield) of the desired compound181 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.93 (d, 1H);7.69 (d, 1H); 7.28 (d, 1H); 7.19 (t, 1H); 6.46 (s, 1H); 5.37 (s, 1H);4.51 (m, 4H); 4.23 (d, 1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 2.59 (m, 1H); 2.29 (m, 4H);1.65 (m, 5H); 1.56 (m 4H); 1.42 (m 3H); 1.30 (m, 2H); 1.19 (m, 1H); 1.03(s, 9H); 095 (m, 2H); 0.65 (m, 2H). LCMS found 859.96 [M+H]⁺.

Example 182

Compound 182 was prepared according to the methods described in Example179. Treatment of Compound 138 (250 mg, 0.36 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using tert-butylisocyanate (0.13 mL, 1.08 mmol, 3 equiv.) and triethylamine (0.25 mL,1.8 mmol, 5 equiv.) provided Compound 182 (21 mg, 7% yield): ¹H NMR(d₃-MeOD, 400 MHz) δ 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.69 (d, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H), 6.43 (s,1H), 5.35-5.39 (m, 1H), 4.42-4.59 (m, 4H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.02-4.09 (m,1H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.17 (s, 12H), 1.02(s, 9H), 0.94 (t, 3H), 0.62 (m, 2H). LCMS found 792.97 [M+H]⁺.

Example 183

Compound 183 was prepared according to the methods described in Example179. Treatment of Compound 139 (269 mg, 0.34 mmol) under the sameconditions adjusted for scale and with the exception of using carbonicacid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl ester (200mg, 0.68 mmol, 2 equiv.) and triethylamine (0.24 mL, 1.7 mmol, 5 equiv.)provided Compound 183 (42 mg, 15%): ¹H NMR (d₃-MeOD, 400 MHz) δ 7.97 (s,1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.20 (t, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 5.38 (s, 1H), 5.28 (d,1H), 5.10 (d, 1H), 4.45-4.59 (m, 4H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 4.02 (d, 1H), 2.97(s, 1H), 2.83 (s, 1H), 2.80-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.37 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.89(m, 1H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.50 (m, 6H), 1.24 (t, 2H), 1.18 (s, 3H),1.04 (s, 9H), 0.63 (m, 2H). LCMS found 845.92 [M+H]⁺.

Example 184

4-Nitrophenylchloroformate (4.2 g, 21 mmol) and cyclobutanol (1 g, 13.9mmol) were diluted in DCM (25 mL) at 0° C. Pyridine (2.3 mL, 27.8 mmol)was added and the reaction was allowed to warm to rt over 2 h. Thereaction volume was doubled with DCM, and washed with 1M HCl. Theaqueous layer was extracted with DCM, and the combined organics werewashed with sat. NaHCO₃ several times. A final wash with water and brinewas followed by drying over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentration in vacuo.The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO₂(2-20% EtOAc/hex) to afford 3.0 g (91%) of carbonic acid cyclobutylester 4-nitrophenyl ester as an off-white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz)δ 8.28 (m, 2H); 7.38 (m 2H); 5.065 (m, 1H); 2.44 (m, 2H); 2.25 (m, 2H);1.89 (m, 1H); 1.66 (m, 1H).

Compound 184 was produced analogously to Example 179 with substitutionof DIPEA (0.74 mL, 2.1 mmol) for TEA and carbonic acid cyclobutyl ester4-nitrophenyl ester (0.195 g, 0.82 mmol) for carbonic acid cyclopentylester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester to produce compound 184 (0.058 g,18% yield). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.95 (d, 1H); 7.72 (d, 1H); 7.23(t, 1H); 6.88 (d, 1H); 6.47 (s, 1H); 5.39 (m, 1H); 4.66-4.42 (m, 5H);4.24 (d, 1H); 4.03 (m, 1H); 2.60 (m, 1H); 2.26 (m, 1H); 2.16 (m, 1H);2.04 (m, 1H); 1.93 (m, 1H); 1.82 (m, 1H); 1.68 (t, 3H); 1.63 (m, 2H);1.57 (m, 2H); 1.53 (m, 2H); 1.45 (t, 3H); 1.29 (q, 2H); 1.20 (m, 1H);1.04 (s, 9H); 0.97 (t, 3H); 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 792.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 185

Carbonic acid 1-methylcyclopentyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester was producedanalogously to Carbonic acid cyclobutyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester asdescribed in Example 184 by substituting 1-methylcyclopentanol (1.5 g,15 mmol) for cyclobutanol and appropriate adjustments for scale andstirring for 24 h to afford the desired product (0.72 g, 18%). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.27 (m, 2H); 7.37 (m, 2H); 2.24 (m, 2H); 1.88-1.66(m, 6H); 1.68 (s, 3H).

Compound 185 was produced analogously to Example 184 with substitutionof carbonic acid 1-methylcyclopentyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester (0.22 g,0.82 mmol) for carbonic acid cyclobutyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester andappropriate adjustments for scale to afford Compound 185 (0.045 g, 13%)after reverse phase HPLC purification. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.96(d, 1H); 7.70 (d, 1H); 7.21 (t, 1H); 6.62 (d, 1H); 6.47 (s, 1H); 5.38(m, 1H); 4.62-4.46 (m, 4H); 4.24 (m, 1H); 4.04 (m, 1H); 2.60 (m, 1H);2.26 (m, 1H); 1.94 (m, 1H); 1.78 (m, 1H); 1.68 (s, 3H); 1.68-1.48 (m,10H); 1.45 (t, 3H); 1.31 (s, 3H); 1.29 (m, 2H); 1.04 (s, 9H); 0.96 (t,3H); 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 821.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 186

Cyclopentanone (0.89 mL, 10 mmol) was added to a solution of TMSCF₃(0.5M in THF, 25 mL, 12 mmol) at 0° C. TBAF (1M in THF, 0.076 mL, 0.076mmol) was added and the resulting yellow solution was allowed to warm tort over 2 h. 1M HCl (30 mL) was added and the resulting solution stirred1 h at rt. Extraction with Et₂O was followed by washing of the combinedorganics with brine and drying over anhydrous Na₂SO₄. Followingconcentration in vacuo, 1-trifluoromethylcyclopentanol (1.4 g, 88%) wasisolated as a colorless liquid that was immediately converted tocarbonic acid 4-nitrophenyl ester 1-trifluoromethylcyclopentyl esteranalogously to carbonic acid cyclobutyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester asdescribed in Example 184 by substituting 1-trifluoromethylcyclopentanol(1.3 g, 8.4 mmol) for cyclobutanol with appropriate adjustments forscale and performing the reaction in a sealed tube for 40 h. Thereaction volume was doubled with DCM and washed with 1M HCl (2×20 mL)followed by washing with 20 ml each of sat. NaHCO₃, water, brine andfinally dried over anhydrous MgSO₄. Following concentration in vacuo,the residue was purified by column chromatography on SiO₂ (12-25%EtOAc/hex) to produce 0.59 g (22% yield) of the desired product. ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 8.29 (m, 2H); 7.40 (m, 2H); 2.38 (m, 2H); 2.26 (m,2H); 2.04 (m, 2H); 1.78 (m, 2H).

Compound 186 was produced according to the method presented in Example184 with substitution of carbonic acid 4-nitrophenyl ester1-trifluoromethylcyclopentyl ester (0.26 g, 0.82 mmol) for carbonic acidcyclobutyl ester 4-nitrophenyl ester and appropriate adjustments forscale to afford Compound 186 (0.056 g, 16% yield) after reverse phaseHPLC purification. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 7.92 (d, 1H); 7.72 (d, 1H);7.21 (m, 2H); 6.48 (s, 1H); 5.38 (m, 1H); 4.64-4.45 (m, 4H); 4.24 (d,1H); 4.04 (m, 1H); 2.61 (m, 1H); 2.28 (m, 1H); 2.03 (m, 1H); 1.93 (m,1H); 1.74-1.39 (m, 10H); 1.68 (s, 3H); 1.45 (t, 3H); 1.29 (q, 2H); 1.22(m, 1H); 1.04 (s, 9H); 0.97 (t, 3H); 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMS found 875.99[M+H]⁺.

Example 187

Subjection of1-{[4-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (607 mg, 0.88 mmol) to the reaction conditionsemployed in example 14, adjusted for scale and with the exception ofutilizing 2-(2-Isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol andsulfamic acid 1-methylcyclopropyl ester (64 mg, 0.42 mmol), followed bypurification of the crude product by reverse phase HPLC providedcompound 187 (118 mg, 43%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.2 (s, 1H), 8.24(d, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 5.78(s, 1H), 4.66-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 3H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 7.72 (dd, 1H),2.44-4.37 (m, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 1.33 (d, 6H), 1.35-1.28(m, 3H), 1.21 (s, 9H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.99-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.68 (m, 2H).LCMS found 886.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 188

Compound 188 was prepared according to the method presented in example29, adjusted for scale, starting from1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (160 mg, 0.21 mmol), and with the exception of using sulfamic acid1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester (75 mg, 0.42 mmol) afforded compound 188 (151mg, 79%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.18(s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H),4.65-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.21-4.13 (m, 3H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.72 (dd, 1H),2.46-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 6H), 1.33 (d, 6H),1.31 (m, 3H), 1.21 (s, 9H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 1.00-0.95 (m, 6H), 0.70 (m,2H). LCMS found 914.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 189

Compound 189 was prepared according to the method presented Example 14.Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (0.60 g, 0.88 mmol) under the same conditions adjustedfor scale and with the exceptions of utilizing sulfamic acid1-methylcyclopropyl ester (0.083 g, 0.546 mmol), and performing thehydrolysis of the methyl ester at 40° C. for 3 h. Reverse phase HPLCprovided Compound 189 (0.163 g, 33% yield over three steps). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 10.58 (br s, 1H); 8.24 (br s, 1H); 8.09 (br d, 1H);7.86 (br s, 1H); 7.64 (s, 1H); 7.26 (m, 1H); 5.80 (br s, 1H); 5.80-5.20(m, 2H); 5.17 (m, 1H); 4.61 (m, 1H); 4.33 (s, 1H); 4.09 (m, 1H); 4.04(s, 3H); 3.68 (m, 1H); 2.60 (m, 1H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.62-1.12 (m, 8H);1.38 (br d, 6H); 1.18 (s, 9H); 0.99 (s, 9H); 0.91 (t, 3H); 0.58 (m, 2H).LCMS found 920.1 [M+H]⁺.

Example 190

Compound 190 was prepared according to the method presented in example14, adjusted for scale and with the exceptions of utilizing sulfamicacid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester (0.098 g, 0.546 mmol), and performingthe hydrolysis of the methyl ester at 40° C. for 3 h. Reverse phase HPLCprovided Compound 190 (0.163 g, 25% yield over three steps). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 10.59 (br s, 1H); 8.26 (br s, 1H); 8.12 (br s, 1H);7.89 (m, 1H); 7.66 (m, 1H); 7.78 (m, 1H); 6.00-5.40 (m, 2H); 5.82 (m,1H); 5.25 (m, 1H); 4.66 (m, 1H); 4.37 (s, 1H); 4.15 (m, 1H); 3.72 (m,1H); 2.63 (m, 1H); 1.81 (m, 1H); 1.68-1.19 (m, 11H); 1.43 (br d, 6H);1.23 (s, 9H); 1.04 (s, 9H); 0.93 (m, 6H); 0.64 (m, 2H). LCMS found 948.1[M+H]⁺.

Example 191

To a solution of 4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid methylester (2.0 g, 8.58 mmol) in methanol (85 mL) was added hydrazine monohydrate (1.7 g, 34.3 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. Thecrude reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue wastaken up in methanol and poured onto an ice/water mixture (800 mL). Awhite precipitate formed, which was collected by filtration and washedwith cold water. The filter cake was then dried on house vacuum bypassing air through in sintered glass funnel, and then dried on vacuumoven at 45° C. overnight to afford4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-quinoline-2-carboxylic acid hydrazide (1.6 g, 80%yield). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, 300 MHz) δ 11.57 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H), 7.95(d, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.01-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 4.72 (br s, 2H),3.82 (s, 3H). LCMS found 234.18 [M+H]⁺.

To a mixture of 4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-quinoline-2-carboxylic acidhydrazide (300 mg, 1.29 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added isopropylisothiocyanate. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature.HPLC analysis of the reaction mixture showed incomplete reaction afterovernight reaction at room temperature. The reaction content was warmedup to 40° C. for 2 hours at which point HPLC analysis indicated acomplete reaction. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo andthe residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with brine. Theaqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dried onhigh vacuum pump overnight. The residue was suspended in DMF and theinorganic salts were removed by filtration. The DMF solution wasconcentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC(10%→65%, MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-quinoline-2-carboxylicacid-1-(N-Isopropyl-thioformamide) hydrazide (400 mg, 93% yield). LCMSfound 334.91 [M+H]⁺.

4-Hydroxy-7-methoxy-quinoline-2-carboxylicacid-1-(N-Isopropyl-thioformamide) hydrazide (400 mg, 1.19 mmol) wasdissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (5 mL) and the mixture was heated at70° C. for 1 hour. Phosphorus oxychloride was then removed in vacuo andthe residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with 10% sodium carbonateand brine. The organic layers were combined, dried on MgSO₄, andconcentrated. The residue was then purified via flash columnchromatography to afford2-(5-isopropylamino-[1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol (56mg, 15% yield). LCMS found 317.16 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 191 was prepared according to the method presented in example14. Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (110.5 mg, 0.16 mmol) occurred under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale and with exception of utilizing2-(5-isopropylamino-[1,3,4]thiadiazol-2-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol (56mg, 0.18 mmol) and sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (47 mg, 0.26mmol). Purification of the crude product by reverse phase HPLC (20%→85%,MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) provided compound 191 (64 mg, 59% yield): ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d,1H), 5.71 (m, 1H), 5.60 (br s, 1H), 5.33 (m, 1H), 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.54 (m,2H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 4H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m,1H), 2.26 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.37 (d,6H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.05 (s, 9H), 0.68 (m, 2H). LCMS found 885.04 [M+H]⁺.

Example 192

Subjection of compound 191 (58 mg, 0.07 mmol) to the conditions outlinedin example 20, with adjustment for scale, provided compound 192 (50 mg,85%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.14 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 7.55 (s,1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 5.61 (s, 1H), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.22 (s,1H), 4.14 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 4H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 1.69 (s,4H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.39 (d, 6H), 1.26 (m, 12H), 1.05 (s, 10H), 0.99 (s,3H), 0.69 (s, 1H). LCMS found 887.05 [M+H]⁺.

Example 193

A mixture of 2-aminooxazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (500 mg, 3.2mmol) and acetone (2.4 mL, 32 mmol) in THF (6 mL) was stirred at rt.BH₃.SMe₂ (10M in THF, 0.64 mL, 6.4 mmol) was added slowly via syringe(exotherm and gas evolution were observed). AcOH (0.36 mL, 6.4 mmol) wassubsequently added in the same manner. Two additional equivalents ofborane and AcOH were added 18 h later. After 3 days at rt, the reactionmixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolvedin EtOAc (100 mL), washed with saturated NH₄Cl solution, 0.1 M NH₄OH andbrine. The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated invacuo. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silicagel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane to give2-isopropylamino-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (0.40 g, 64%yield). LCMS found 199 [M+H]⁺.

To 2-isopropylamino-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.5 g, 10.9mmol) in EtOH (42 mL) and water (28 mL) was added NaOH (3.1 g, 77.4mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h, then cooled in anice-bath and acidified to pH 3 with conc. HCl. The mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo to remove ethanol. The remaining aqueous phase wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×200 mL). The organic phases were combined,dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give2-isopropylaminooxazole-4-carboxylic acid (1.86 g, 87% yield). LCMSfound 171 [M+H]⁺.

To 2-isopropylaminooxazole-4-carboxylic acid (1.9 g, 10.9 mmol) in DCM(10 ml) was added CDI (1.8 g, 10.9 mmol). The mixture was then stirredat rt for 2 h, followed by addition of1-(2-Amino-3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (prepared according toRaboisson, P. J.-M. B., et al., WO2007014926, p 78; 1.4 g, 8.7 mmol) andCH₃SO₃H (2.1 mL, 32.8 mmol), and then stirred for 18 h at rt. Thereaction mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with 1N HCl(2×100 mL). To the collected DCM layer was added K₂CO₃ (3.02 g, 21.88mmol) and stirred for 2 h at rt. The solution was filtered andconcentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flashchromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane, to give2-isopropylamino-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid(6-acetyl-2-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)amide (863 mg, 22% yield). LCMS found382 [M+H]⁺.

2-Isopropylamino-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid(6-acetyl-2-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)amide (863 mg, 2.45 mmol) wassuspended in toluene (20 ml). NaH (147.3 mg, 3.7 mmol) was added to thevigorously stirred mixture while monitoring H₂ evolution. The reactionwas refluxed (110° C.) for 3 h. After cooling, additional NaH (approx 80mg) was carefully added, followed by 20 mL of THF to aid solubility. Themixture was heated for an additional 2 h. After cooling to roomtemperature, the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with conc. HCl.The slurry was stirred for 1 h at rt, then 10 mL of CH₃CN was added,followed by 5 mL H₂O and 20 mL of ether. The mixture was stirred foranother 30 min, and then the solids were collected by filtration andwashed with ether and hexane. The wet cake was dried under high vacuumto a constant weight to provide8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminooxazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol (840mg, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LCMS found334 [M+H]⁺.

To a suspension of8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminooxazol-4-yl)-7-methoxy-quinolin-4-ol in DCM(50 mL) was added BBr₃ (1 N in DCM) (13.4 ml, 13.4 mmol). The mixturewas heated to reflux and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to rtand poured onto ice. 4N NaOH was used to adjust the pH to 14. Theaqueous phase was extracted with DCM twice and the pH was adjusted toabout 4 with 2N HCl. Yellow solid precipitated and was collected byfiltration. The filter cake was washed with H₂O, Et₂O, and dried underhigh vacuum.8-Chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-oxazol-4-yl)-quinoline-4,7-diol wascollected as a yellow solid (0.41 g, 1.28 mmol, 42%) and used directlyin the next reaction. LCMS found 320.3 [M+H]⁺.

The hydrochloride salt of 4-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine (1.4 g, 7.2 mmol),sodium iodide 0.2 g, 1.3 mmol), and cesium carbonate (5.4 g, 16.4 mmol)were combined in DMF (25 mL) and stirred at rt for 5 min.8-Chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-oxazol-4-yl)-quinoline-4,7-diol (2.1 g, 6.6mmol) was diluted in DMF (25 mL) and added to the reaction solution.After 5 min at rt, the reaction was warmed to 65° C. for 5 h. A smallamount of conc. HCl (5-6 pipette drops) was added and the reactionconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in water and MeOH andfiltered through a C18 column to remove salts, first eluting with waterthen with MeOH to elute the desired compound. Following concentration ofcombined organics in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified byreverse phase HPLC to produce 1.79 g (51% yield) of8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-oxazol-4-yl)-7-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol.LCMS found 433.3 [M+H]⁺.

To a solution of8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminooxazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-ol(341 mg, 0.63 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.23 g, 3.78 mmol) in NMP wasadded1-{[4-(4-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (432 mg, 0.63 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 65°C. After 2 h an additional 0.5 eq of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was added and stirred an additional hour. The reactionwas diluted with EtOAc and 5% lithium chloride with stirring. Thereaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and saturated sodiumbicarbonate and MeOH (2 ml) was added. The layers were separated and theaqueous extracted again with EtOAc. The combined organic layers werethen washed with 5% lithium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfated andconcentrated to give 747 mg (99% yield) of1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethylbutyl)-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminooxazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester as a yellow oil. LCMS found 882.11 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 193 was prepared as shown in Example 150, substituting1-({1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminooxazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester for1-{[1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyl)-4-(8-chloro-2-methoxyquinolin-4-yloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester with appropriate adjustments for scale to produce 64mg, 18% yield over three steps) of Compound 193. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz)δ 8.04 (m, 1H); 8.00 (s, 1H); 7.34 (d, 1H); 7.26 (m, 1H); 7.11 (d, 1H);5.80 (m, 1H); 5.31 (m, 1H); 5.27 (d, 1H); 5.10 (d, 1H); 4.58 (m, 1H);4.51 (m, 2H); 4.16 (d, 1H); 4.06 (d, 1H); 3.94 (q, 2H); 3.87 (m, 3H);3.36 (m, 2H); 3.20 (m, 4H); 2.52 (m, 1H); 2.32 (m, 1H); 2.19 (m, 1H);1.85 (m, 1H); 1.65 (m, 1H); 1.65 (s, 3H); 1.52-1.35 (m, 1H); 1.39 (s,3H); 1.35-1.15 (m, 2H); 1.30 (d, 6H); 1.20 (s, 3H); 1.03 (s, 9H); 0.64(m, 2H). LCMS found 1056.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 194

1-(2-Amino-3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)ethanone (prepared according toRaboisson, P. J.-M. B., et al., WO2007014926, p 78; 70.7 g, 354 mmol)was stirred in 48% aq. HBr (500 mL) at 110° C. for 72 h. After themixture was cooled to 0° C. with stirring, the solids were filtered andwashed with water. The resulting solids were triturated with a saturatedNaHCO₃ solution (−350 mL), filtered, washed with water, and dried undervacuum to give 40 g (61% yield) of1-(2-amino-3-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone as a dark brown solid.

1-(2-Amino-3-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)ethanone (40 g, 215 mmol) wasdissolved in DMF (360 ml). Cesium carbonate (140 g, 430 mmol) was added,followed by bromoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (54.5 g, 323 mmol). Themixture was then vigorously stirred at 65° C. for 24 h. Upon cooling toroom temperature, EtOAc (1 L) and H₂O (1 L) were added to the mixture.The organic layer was extracted with EtOAc (1×400 ml). The combinedorganic layer was washed with aqueous 3% LiCl solution (2×1 L), brine,dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified bysilica gel chromatography to give1-[2-amino-3-chloro-4-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)phenyl]-ethanone as a whitesolid (39 g, 67% yield).

To a mixture of1-[2-amino-3-chloro-4-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)phenyl]ethanone (13 g, 47.5mmol) and isopropylaminothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrobromide(prepared as described in Ivanov, V., et. al.; EP1881001A1, p. 62-63;12.6 g, 47.5 mmol) in pyridine (150 ml) was slowly added phosphorusoxychloride (9.47 g, 61.8 mmol) at −40° C. The mixture was then stirredat 0° C. for 4 h. Upon completion of the reaction, H₂O (30 ml) was addeddropwise to the mixture. The mixture was then stirred at 0° C. foranother 15 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue wasdiluted with EtOAc, washed with a sat. NaHCO₃ aqueous solution. Theorganic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The residuewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂, hexanes was added slowly to the solution, and ayellow solid started to crash out. More hexanes were added precipitationwas complete to afford 2-isopropylaminothiazole-4-carboxylic acid[6-acetyl-2-chloro-3-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)phenyl]amide (18 g, 85%yield).

2-Isopropylamino-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid[6-acetyl-2-chloro-3-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amide (18 g, 40.7mmol) was suspended in toluene (400 ml). NaH (2.4 g, 61 mmol) was addedto the vigorously stirred mixture while monitoring H₂ evolution. Themixture became a clear solution during heating to reflux. Afterrefluxing for 3 h, the mixture was cooled to room temperature. Asolution of AcOH (69.2 mmol) in H₂O (3 vol) was added to the mixture.After vigorous agitation for 1 h at 0° C., the solids were collected byfiltration and rinsed with H₂O. The wet cake was dried under high vacuumto a constant weight to provide8-chloro-7-(2,2-dimethoxy-ethoxy)-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-ol(15 g, 86% yield).

1-{[4-(4-Bromobenzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethylbutyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino}-2-ethylcyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester was dissolved in 4N HCl in dioxane (300 mL) at roomtemperature and stirred for 2 h. It was then concentrated under vacuum,and co-evaporated with dichloromethane (2×200 mL) to dryness. Theresidue was dissolved in EtOAc (600 mL) and sat'd aq. NaHCO₃ (1 L). Itwas stirred vigorously. After 10 min, carbonic acidbicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (41.4 g,173.1 mmol) was added in one portion. After the resulting mixture wasstirred for another 30 min, the organic layer was collect and washedwith brine (500 mL), dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. Thecrude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel withethyl acetate/hexane to afford 94.4 g (92% yield) of1-{[1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-4-(4-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethylcyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester.

To a mixture of1-{[1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl]-4-(4-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (15 g, 35 mmol) and8-chloro-7-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-ol(27.5 g, 38.5 mmol) in NMP (200 ml) was added cesium carbonate (25.1 g,77 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 65° C. for 5 h. The reaction wascooled to room temperature and EtOAc (600 ml) and an aqueous solution of3% LiCl (600 ml) were added to the mixture. The organic layer was washedwith aqueous 3% LiCl (1×600 ml), brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentratedin vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography toproduce1-({1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-4-[8-chloro-7-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-yloxy]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}amino)-2-ethylcyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester as a yellow solid (23.6 g, 75% yield). LCMS found900.1 [M+H]⁺.

1-({1-[2-(Bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-4-[8-chloro-7-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-yloxy]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}amino)-2-ethylcyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (23.6 g, 26 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid(200 ml) and 1.4N HCl in H₂O (75 ml) was added to the solution. Themixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated toremove the solvents, followed by co-evaporation with toluene (×2) toremove residual acetic acid. The residue was then dissolved in EtOAc(500 ml) and sat. NaHCO₃ aqueous solution while monitoring CO₂evolution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was further dried under high vacuumfor 1 h and used without further purification in the next step. Thecrude material was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (360 ml) and morpholine (3.4 g,39 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (7.2 g, 34 mmol) were added tothe mixture at 0° C. Then glacial acetic acid (0.47 g, 7.8 mmol) wasadded dropwise to the mixture. The reaction was complete in 10 min at 0°C. Saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution was added to quench the reaction.After stirring for another 20 min, the organic layer was washed withbrine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue waspurified by silica gel chromatography to give1-({1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)quinolin-4-yloxy]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester as a yellow solid (12 g, 50% yield). LCMS found 924.63[M+H]⁺.

1-({1-[2-(Bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethylbutyryl]-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)quinolin-4-yloxy]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (12 g, 13 mmol) was dissolved in THF (200 ml), LiOH(11 g, 260 mmol) in H₂O (200 ml) was added, followed by MeOH (200 ml).The mixture was kept stirring at room temperature for 20 h. Uponcompletion of the reaction, 4 N HCl in H₂O was added to adjust pH to 7at 0° C. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×400 ml). The combinedorganic layer was washed with brine, dried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated invacuo to give1-({1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl]-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid as a yellow solid (11 g, 93% yield). LCMS found 911.52[M+H]⁺.

Compound 194 was prepared according to the method described in Example2, starting from1-({1-[2-(bicyclo[3.1.0]hex-3-yloxycarbonylamino)-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl]-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-7-(2-morpholin-4-yl-ethoxy)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid (0.20 g, 0.22 mmol) and with the exception of using sulfamic acid1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (0.066 g, 0.44 mmol) and adjusted for scaleto afford 0.86 g (37% yield) of Compound 194. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ7.99 (m, 1H); 7.58 (s, 1H); 7.46 (s, 1H); 7.32 (d, 1H); 6.86 (d, 1H);5.41 (s, 1H); 4.73 (m, 1H); 4.51 (m, 3H); 4.41 (d, 1H); 4.24 (d, 1H);4.10 (d, 1H); 3.92 (m, 1H); 3.86 (m, 5H); 3.11 (m, 4H); 2.56 (m, 1H);2.32 (m, 1H); 2.04 (m, 1H); 1.92 (m, 1H); 1.76-1.40 (m, 7H); 1.67 (s,3H); 1.40-1.14 (m, 5H); 1.32 (m, 6H); 1.02 (m, 9H); 0.97 (t, 3H); 0.66(s, 2H); 0.36 (m, 2H). LCMS found 1044.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 195

Compound 195 was prepared analogously to Compound 194 with substitutionof 2-(3-isopropylaminopyrazol-1-yl)-7-(2-methoxyethoxy)-quinolin-4-olfor8-chloro-7-(2,2-dimethoxyethoxy)-2-(2-isopropylaminothiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-oland appropriate adjustments for scale to afford 82 mg (35% yield) ofCompound 195. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.46 (m, 1H); 7.94 (d, 1H); 7.25(s, 2H); 7.02 (m, 1H); 6.89 (m, 1H, exchangeable); 5.98 (m, 1H); 5.48(s, 1H); 4.77 (t, 1H); 4.55-4.44 (m, 2H); 4.27 (m, 1H); 4.25 (m, 2H);4.09 (m, 1H); 3.81 (m, 2H); 3.80 (m, 1H); 3.45 (s, 3H); 2.64 (m, 1H);2.29 (m, 1H); 2.06 (m, 1H); 1.97 (m, 1H); 1.76-1.48 (m, 6H); 1.68 (s,3H); 1.47-1.15 (m, 5H); 1.29 (m, 6H); 1.03 (s, 9H); 0.96 (t, 3H); 0.68(m, 2H); 0.41 (m, 2H). LCMS found 938.09 [M+H]⁺.

Example 196

1-{[1-(2-Cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-hydroxy-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (530 mg, 1.11 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (11 mL)and treated with CDI (234 mg, 1.44 mmol). After stirring overnight atroom temperature, 4-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindole (762 mg, 5.56 mmol)was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The reactionwas then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and sequentially washed with 1N HCl,saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl. The organicphase was then dried over sodium sulfate. After removal of solvent, thecrude product was purified by column chromatography on silica (40-60%EtOAc/Hexanes) to provide 4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carboxylicacid1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-5-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylester (563 mg, 79% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz) δ 7.77 (bd, 1H),6.92-7.27 (m, 3H), 5.75 (m, 1H), 5.29 (m, 2H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.85(m, 5H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.56(m, 1H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.02 (s, 9H).LCMS found 643.3 [M+H]⁺.

4-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carboxylic acid1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-5-(1-methoxycarbonyl-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylester (550 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in THF:MeOH:H₂O (1:1:1 8.7 mL)and treated with lithium hydroxide (180 mg, 4.28 mmol). The reaction wasjudged complete by complete consumption of starting material afterapproximately 2 h, at which time the reaction was neutralized with 1Naqueous HCl. The organic phase was extracted with EtOAc then washed withsaturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. After removal ofsolvent, 4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carboxylic acid5-(1-carboxy-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylester was obtained (540 mg, 0.86 mmol), which was used in the nextreaction without further purification.

4-Fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carboxylic acid5-(1-carboxy-2-vinyl-cyclopropylcarbamoyl)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidin-3-ylester (160 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and HATU (106 mg,0.28 mmol) and iPr₂NEt (53 μL, 0.30 mmol) were added. After stirring for1.5 h, sulfamic acid cyclopropyl ester (41 mg, 0.24 mmol) and DBU (152μL, 1.02 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred overnight. Thereaction was then diluted with EtOAc and sequentially washed with 1NHCl, saturated aqueous NR₄Cl, and saturated aqueous NaCl. The organicphase was then dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. Purificationvia reverse phase HPLC (40-95% ACN/H₂O-1% TFA) afforded Compound 196(147 mg, 77% yield): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ 9.12 (d, 1H), 6.94-7.32(m, 3H)), 5.69 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 2H), 5.12 (d, 1H), 4.66-4.85 (m, 6H),4.34 (d, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 4.14 (s, 1H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 2.40 (dd, 1H),2.24 (q, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.85 (dd, 1H), 1.30-1.60 (m, 9H), 0.98 (s,9H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H). LCMS found 747.9 [M+H]⁺.

Example 197

To a solution ofcyclopropa[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazacyclopentadecine-14a(5H)-carboxylicacid,6-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,13a,14,15,16,16a-tetradecahydro-2-hydroxy-5,16-dioxo-methylester (1.00 g, 2.09 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (20 mL) was added CDI (372 mg, 2.29mmol). After stirring overnight at room temperature,4-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindole (573 mg, 4.18 mmol) and DBU (0.937 mL,6.27 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. Thereaction was then diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and sequentially washed with 1NHCl, saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, H₂O and saturated aqueous NaCl. Theorganic phase was then dried over sodium sulfate. After removal ofsolvent, the crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica (40→60% EtOAc/Hexanes) to provide14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (916 mg, 68% yield). LCMS found 642.8 [M+H]⁺.

To14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (916 mg, 1.43 mmol) in a 1:1:1 mixture of THF:MeOH:H₂O(12 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (299 mg, 41.96 mmol). The resultingslurry was stirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with EtOAcand washed with 1 N HCl and brine. The resulting organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the crude14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid (910 mg, 100% yield). LCMS found 628.8 [M+H]⁺.

To14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid (150 mg, 0.24 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2.5 mL) was added HATU (137 mg, 0.36mmol) and DIPEA (0.063 mL, 0.36 mmol). After stirring for 0.5 h at roomtemperature, sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (74 mg, 0.48 mmol)and DBU (0.144 mL, 0.96 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with EtOAc and washedwith saturated NH₄Cl and brine. The residue was purified by reversephase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to provide Compound 197 (86 mg,47% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.45 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.13(d, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 5.66 (m, 1H), 5.40 (m, 1H), 5.13 (t, 1H),4.79-4.52 (m, 6H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.36(m, 2H), 1.75-1.15 (m, 14H), 1.64 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 9H), 0.65 (m, 2H).LCMS found 761.8 [M+H]⁺.

Example 198

Compound 198 was prepared according to the method presented in example29, adjusted for scale, starting from14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid (150 mg, 0.24 mmol) and with the exception of using sulfamic acid1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester (86 mg, 0.48 mmol) afforded compound 198after purification via reverse phase HPLC (95.1 mg, 50% yield). ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.65 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.01 (m,1H), 5.66 (q, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 5.12 (t, 1H), 4.79-4.52 (m, 6H), 4.06(m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.51-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.94 (m,1H), 1.77-1.15 (m, 17H), 1.11 (s, 9H), 0.96 (t, 3H), 0.67 (m, 2H). LCMSfound 789.8 [M+H]⁺.

Example 199

To14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (392 mg, 0.61) in DME (3 mL) and water (1 mL) wasadded tosyl hydrazide (682 mg, 3.66 mmol) and sodium acetate (600 mg,7.32 mmol). The reaction was heated to 95° C. and allowed to stir 1hour. The reaction was diluted with water and extracted with ethylacetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography onsilica (40→60% EtOAc/Hexanes) to provide14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (319 mg, 81% yield). LCMS found 644.8 [M+H]⁺.

To14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester (319 mg, 0.49 mmol) in a 1:1:1 mixture of THF:MeOH:H₂O(6 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (104 mg, 2.47 mmol). The resultingslurry was stirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with EtOAcand washed with 1N HCl and brine. The resulting organic layer was driedover sodium sulfate and concentrated to provide the crude14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid (300 mg, 97% yield). LCMS found 630.8 [M+H]⁺.

To14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(4-fluoro-1,3-dihydro-isoindole-2-carbonyloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid (150 mg, 0.24 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) was added HATU (137 mg, 0.36mmol) and DIPEA (0.063 mL, 0.36 mmol). After stirring for 0.5 h at roomtemperature, sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (74 mg, 0.48 mmol)and DBU (0.144 mL, 0.96 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with EtOAc and washedwith 1N HCl, aqueous saturated NH₄Cl, and brine. The crude residue waspurified by reverse phase HPLC (30→90% MeCN/H₂O/0.1% TFA) to providecompound 199 (79 mg, 45% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.93 (s,1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 4.80-4.68(m, 4H), 4.60 (q, 1H), 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H),2.55-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.27 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.20 (m, 18H), 1.66 (s, 3H),1.15 (s, 9H), 0.70 (m, 2H). LCMS found 763.8 [M+H]⁺.

Example 200

14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-hydroxy-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester, synthesized by methods presented in Org. Lett. 2004,6(17), 2901, was converted to the brosylate by methods presented inExample 1 adjusted for scale (570 mg, 54%). LCMS found 697.7 [M+H]⁺.

14-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-18-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadec-7-ene-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester was synthesized according to the method presented inexample 138, adjusting for scale, to provide the desired aryl ethermacrocycle (472 mg, 84%). LCMS found 685.1 [M+H]⁺.

Reduction of the unsaturated macrocycle was accomplished according tothe method presented in example 20, adjusting for scale, to provide thefully saturated14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester. LCMS found 687.1 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 200 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 29. Treatment of14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, andafter purification by reverse phase HPLC provided compound 200 (150 mg,58%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.96 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d,1H) 7.23 (t, 1H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 5.47 (brs, 1H), 4.77 (dd, 1H), 4.61 (m,3H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.02 (dd, 1H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.2-1.8(m, 22H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMS found 806.0[M+H]⁺.

Example 201

Compound 201 was prepared according to the method presented for thesynthesis of compound 27. Treatment of14-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-18-(8-chloro-2-ethoxy-quinolin-4-yloxy)-2,15-dioxo-3,16-diaza-tricyclo[14.3.0.04,6]nonadecane-4-carboxylicacid methyl ester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale,provided compound 201 (65 mg, 26%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.94 (s,1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H) 7.25 (t, 1H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 5.46 (brs,1H), 4.77 (dd, 1H), 4.61 (m, 3H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.03 (dd,1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.3-1.8 (m, 20H), 1.18 (s, 9H), 0.94(m, 2H), 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMS found 792.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 202

Compound 202 was prepared according to the methods described in Example77. Treatment of compound 170 (100 mg, 0.11 mmol) under the sameconditions, adjusted for scale, provided compound 202 (85 mg, 80%). ¹HMNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.25(d, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 5.43 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 4H), 4.06-3.87 (m, 4H),3.39 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.10 (m, 1H),1.76-1.18 (m, 18H), 1.10 (m, 3H), 0.95 (m, 6H). LCMS found 945 [M+H]⁺.

Example 203

Compound 203 was prepared according to the method presented in example29, substituting sulfamic acid 1-propyl-cyclopropyl ester for sulfamicacid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester, and adjusting appropriately for scale.The compound was purified using reverse phase HPLC to give 142.9 mg(57%) of compound 203 as a white amorphous solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300MHz) δ 7.94 (d, 1H); 7.68 (d, 1H); 7.20 (m, 1H); 6.47 (s, 1H); 5.68 (m,1H); 5.37 (s, 1H); 5.26 (d, 1H); 5.09 (d, 1H); 4.51 (m, 4H); 4.18 (s,1H); 4.02 (m, 1H); 2.57 (m, 1H); 2.21 (m, 1H); 1.79 (m, 2H); 1.54 (m,1H); 1.41 (m, 5H); 1.21 (m, 11H); 0.99 (s, 9H); 0.92 (m, 5H); 0.64 (s,2H). LCMS found 820.0 [M+H]⁺.

Example 204

Compound 204 was prepared according to the method presented example 14.Treatment of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (800 mg, 1.16 mmol) under the same conditions adjustedfor scale and with the exceptions of utilizing 7-methoxy-cinnolin-4-ol(229 mg, 1.30 mmol), sulfamic acid 1-methyl-cyclopropyl ester (50 mg,0.33 mmol), and performing the hydrolysis of the methyl ester at 40° C.for 3 h provided compound 204 (50 mg, 8%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz) δ9.12 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H),5.66 (s, 1H), 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H),2.77 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 3H), 1.30 (s,9H), 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 3H), 0.67 (m, 2H).

Example 205

A round bottom flask was charged with1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (150 mg, 0.21 mmol), 1.5 ml NMP,2-cyclopropyl-6-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ol (48 mg, 0.21 mmol),Cs₂CO₃ (102.6 mg, 0.31 mmol) and stirred overnight. The reaction wasdiluted with water and extracted 2× with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to givethe aryl ether which was used crude in the next reaction. LCMS found692.15 [M+H]⁺.

To1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-cyclopropyl-6-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.14 mmol) in 5 ml THF, 2 ml methanol, and 2ml water, was added lithium hydroxide (10 mg, 0.41 mmol). The mixturewas stirred overnight then quenched with 1N HCl and extracted 2× withethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate,filtered, and concentrated. The mixture was purified by reverse phaseHPLC to provide the desired acid (71.8 mg, 51%→2 steps): LCMS found678.10 [M+H]⁺.

Compound 204 was prepared according to the method presented in example27. Treatment of1-({1-(2-cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[2-cyclopropyl-6-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-vinyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid under the same conditions adjusted for scale provided the desiredproduct (1.5 mg, 2%): ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, diagnostic peaks) δ 9.27(m, 1H), 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.67 (m, 1H),4.16 (m, 1H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.75 (m, 2H); LCMS found 797.11 [M+H]⁺.

Example 206

Benzotriazol-1-ol (68 mg, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in NMP (2.5 mL) andtreated with Cs₂CO₃ (245 mg, 0.75 mmol) followed by the addition of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (345 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to60° C. for 16 h after which the reaction was cooled to room temperatureand diluted with aqueous 5% LiCl. The solution was extracted with EtOAc,washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodium sulfate. Afterremoval of solvent, the crude product was purified by columnchromatography on silica (75-95% EtOAc/hexane) to provide the aryl ether(253 mg, 86%). LCMS found 588 ([M+H]⁺.

Compound 205 was prepared according to the methods described in example29. Treatment of1-{[4-(benzotriazol-1-yloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, andafter reverse phase HPLC purification afforded compound 206 (164 mg,72%). ¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): 6.9.36 (s, 1H), δ 8.01 (d, 1H), δ 7.90(d, 1H), δ 7.65 (m, 1H), δ 7.50 (m, 1H), δ 5.52 (s, 1H), δ 4.67 (m, 1H),δ 4.48 (m, 1H), δ 4.32 (s, 1H), δ 4.08 (m, 1H), δ 2.63 (m, 1H), δ 2.21(m, 1H), 61.70-0.99 (m, 33H), δ 0.70 (m, 2H). LCMS found 707 [M+H]⁺.

Example 207

8-Chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-ol (50 mg, 0.16mmol) was dissolved in NMP (1 mL) and treated with Cs₂CO₃ (76 mg, 0.23mmol) followed by the addition of1-{[4-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyloxy)-1-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester (129 mg, 0.23 mmol). The reaction mixture was heatedto 60° C. for 16 h after which the reaction was cooled to roomtemperature and diluted with aqueous 5% LiCl. The solution was extractedwith EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NaCl, and dried over sodiumsulfate. After removal of solvent, the crude product was purified bycolumn chromatography on silica (75-95% EtOAc/hexane) to provide thearyl ether (97 mg, 81%). LCMS found 772 ([M+H]⁺.

Compound 207 was prepared according to the methods described in example29. Treatment of1-({1-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-3,3-dimethyl-butyryl)-4-[8-chloro-2-(2-isopropylamino-thiazol-4-yl)-quinolin-4-yloxy]-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl}-amino)-2-ethyl-cyclopropanecarboxylicacid methyl ester under the same conditions, adjusted for scale, andafter reverse phase HPLC purification afforded compound 207 (12 mg,62%). LCMS found 892 ([M+H]⁺. ¹H MNR (300 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 9.23 (s, 1H), δ7.50 (d, 1H), δ 7.31 (d, 1H), δ 7.21 (m, 1H), δ 5.86 (m, 1H), δ 5.47 (m,2H), δ 4.61-3.84 (m, 5H), δ 2.62 (m, 1H), δ 2.33 (m, 1H), 61.69-0.99 (m,40H), δ 0.69 (m, 2H).

Biological Assays

NS3 Enzymatic Potency: Purified NS3 protease is complexed with NS4Apeptide and then incubated with serial dilutions of compound (DMSO usedas solvent). Reactions are started by addition of dual-labeled peptidesubstrate and the resulting kinetic increase in fluorescence ismeasured. Non-linear regression of velocity data is performed tocalculate IC₅₀s. Activity are initially tested against genotype 1bprotease. Depending on the potency obtained against genotype 1b,additional genotypes (1a, 2a, 3) and or protease inhibitor resistantenzymes (D168Y, D168V, or A156T mutants) may be tested. BILN-2061 isused as a control during all assays. Representative compounds of theinvention were evaluated in this assay and were typically found to haveIC₅₀ values of less than about 1 μm.

Replicon Potency and Cytotoxicity: Huh-luc cells (stably replicatingBartenschlager's 1389luc-ubi-neo/NS3-3′/ET genotype 1b replicon) istreated with serial dilutions of compound (DMSO is used as solvent) for72 hours. Replicon copy number is measured by bioluminescence andnon-linear regression is performed to calculate EC₅₀s. Parallel platestreated with the same drug dilutions are assayed for cytotoxicity usingthe Promega CellTiter-Glo cell viability assay. Depending on the potencyachieved against the 1b replicon, compounds may be tested against agenotype 1a replicon and/or inhibitor resistant replicons encoding D168Yor A156T mutations. BILN-2061 is used as a control during all assays.Representative compounds of the invention were evaluated in this assayand were typically found to have EC₅₀ values of less than about 5 μm.

Effect of Serum Proteins on Replicon Potency

Replicon assays are conducted in normal cell culture medium (DMEM+10%FBS) supplemented with physiologic concentrations of human serum albumin(40 mg/mL) or α-acid glycoprotein (1 mg/mL). EC₅₀s in the presence ofhuman serum proteins are compared to the EC₅₀ in normal medium todetermine the fold shift in potency.

Enyzmatic Selectivity: The inhibition of mammalian proteases includingPorcine Pancreatic Elastase, Human Leukocyte Elastase, Protease 3, andCathepsin D are measured at K_(m) for the respective substrates for eachenzyme. IC₅₀ for each enzyme is compared to the IC₅₀ obtained with NS31b protease to calculate selectivity. Representative compounds of theinvention have shown activity.

MT-4 Cell Cytotoxicity: MT4 cells are treated with serial dilutions ofcompounds for a five day period. Cell viability is measured at the endof the treatment period using the Promega CellTiter-Glo assay andnon-linear regression is performed to calculate CC₅₀.

Compound Concentration Associated with Cells at EC₅₀: Huh-luc culturesare incubated with compound at concentrations equal to EC₅₀. At multipletime points (0-72 hours), cells are washed 2× with cold medium andextracted with 85% acetonitrile; a sample of the media at eachtime-point will also be extracted. Cell and media extracts are analyzedby LC/MS/MS to determine the Molar concentration of compounds in eachfraction. Representative compounds of the invention have shown activity.

Solubility and Stability: Solubility is determined by taking an aliquotof 10 mM DMSO stock solution and preparing the compound at a finalconcentration of 100 μM in the test media solutions (PBS, pH 7.4 and 0.1N HCl, pH 1.5) with a total DMSO concentration of 1%. The test mediasolutions are incubated at room temperature with shaking for 1 hr. Thesolutions will then be centrifuged and the recovered supernatants areassayed on the HPLC/UV. Solubility will be calculated by comparing theamount of compound detected in the defined test solution compared to theamount detected in DMSO at the same concentration. Stability ofcompounds after an 1 hour incubation with PBS at 37° C. will also bedetermined.

Stability in Cryopreserved Human, Dog, and Rat Hepatocytes: Eachcompound is incubated for up to 1 hour in hepatocyte suspensions (100μl, 80,000 cells per well) at 37° C. Cryopreserved hepatocytes arereconstituted in the serum-free incubation medium. The suspension istransferred into 96-well plates (50 μL/well). The compounds are dilutedto 2 μM in incubation medium and then are added to hepatocytesuspensions to start the incubation. Samples are taken at 0, 10, 30 and60 minutes after the start of incubation and reaction will be quenchedwith a mixture consisting of 0.3% formic acid in 90% acetonitrile/10%water. The concentration of the compound in each sample is analyzedusing LC/MS/MS. The disappearance half-life of the compound inhepatocyte suspension is determined by fitting the concentration-timedata with a monophasic exponential equation. The data will also bescaled up to represent intrinsic hepatic clearance and/or total hepaticclearance.

Stability in Hepatic S9 Fraction from Human, Dog, and Rat: Each compoundis incubated for up to 1 hour in S9 suspension (500 μl, 3 mg protein/mL)at 37° C. (n=3). The compounds are added to the S9 suspension to startthe incubation. Samples are taken at 0, 10, 30, and 60 minutes after thestart of incubation. The concentration of the compound in each sample isanalyzed using LC/MS/MS. The disappearance half-life of the compound inS9 suspension is determined by fitting the concentration-time data witha monophasic exponential equation.

Caco-2 Permeability: Compounds are assayed via a contract service(Absorption Systems, Exton, Pa.). Compounds are provided to thecontractor in a blinded manner. Both forward (A-to-B) and reverse(B-to-A) permeability will be measured. Caco-2 monolayers are grown toconfluence on collagen-coated, microporous, polycarbonate membranes in12-well Costar Transwell® plates. The compounds are dosed on the apicalside for forward permeability (A-to-B), and are dosed on the basolateralside for reverse permeability (B-to-A). The cells are incubated at 37°C. with 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator. At the beginning of incubationand at 1 hr and 2 hr after incubation, a 200-μL aliquot is taken fromthe receiver chamber and replaced with fresh assay buffer. Theconcentration of the compound in each sample is determined withLC/MS/MS. The apparent permeability, Papp, is calculated.

Plasma Protein Binding:

Plasma protein binding is measured by equilibrium dialysis. Eachcompound is spiked into blank plasma at a final concentration of 2 μM.The spiked plasma and phosphate buffer is placed into opposite sides ofthe assembled dialysis cells, which will then be rotated slowly in a 37°C. water bath. At the end of the incubation, the concentration of thecompound in plasma and phosphate buffer is determined. The percentunbound is calculated using the following equation:

${\%\mspace{14mu}{Unbound}} = {100 \cdot ( \frac{C_{f}}{C_{b} + C_{f}} )}$

Where C_(f) and C_(b) are free and bound concentrations determined asthe post-dialysis buffer and plasma concentrations, respectively.

CYP450 Profiling:

Each compound is incubated with each of 5 recombinant human CYP450enzymes, including CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP3A4, CYP2D6 and CYP2C19 in thepresence and absence of NADPH. Serial samples will be taken from theincubation mixture at the beginning of the incubation and at 5, 15, 30,45 and 60 min after the start of the incubation. The concentration ofthe compound in the incubation mixture is determined by LC/MS/MS. Thepercentage of the compound remaining after incubation at each time pointis calculated by comparing with the sampling at the start of incubation.

Stability in Rat, Dog, Monkey and Human Plasma:

Compounds will be incubated for up to 2 hours in plasma (rat, dog,monkey, or human) at 37° C. Compounds are added to the plasma at finalconcentrations of 1 and 10 ug/mL. Aliquots are taken at 0, 5, 15, 30,60, and 120 min after adding the compound. Concentration of compoundsand major metabolites at each timepoint are measured by LC/MS/MS.

All publications, patents, and patent documents are incorporated byreference herein, as though individually incorporated by reference. Theinvention has been described with reference to various specific andpreferred embodiments and techniques. However, it should be understoodthat many variations and modifications may be made while remainingwithin the spirit and scope of the invention.

What is claimed:
 1. A compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Q¹ is(C1-4)alkyl, (C2-4)alkenyl, or (C2-4)alkynyl which Q¹ is optionallysubstituted with cyano, F, Cl, Br, S(O)₂R_(r), (C1-4)alkoxy, orcycloalkyl; or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to which theyare attached form a heterocycle, wherein said heterocycle may optionallybe substituted with one or more oxo (═O), or A³; Z^(2a) is H,(C1-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-6)alkynyl, haloalkyl,(C1-10)alkyl-S(═O)₂—(C1-10)alkyl, or cycloalkyl, wherein any carbon atomof Z^(2a) may optionally be replaced with O, S, S(═O), S(═O)₂, or NH andwherein any cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more(C1-4)alkyl, (C2-4)alkenyl, (C2-4)alkynyl, haloalkyl, F, Cl, Br, or I;Z^(2b) is H; R^(f) is aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl wherein said aryl,heteroaryl or cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one to three A³;A² is (C1-4)alkyl; each A³ is independently H, —OH, halo, cyano, alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, amino, —C(O)A², or —C(O)OA², wherein each A³ may beoptionally substituted with up to 4 halogen, cyano, or alkoxy; R² ispyrrol-1-ylcarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, 3,3-dimethylbutanoyl,tert-butoxycarbonyl, cyclopentoxycarbonyl,1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trifluoroethoxycarbonyl,1-methylcyclopropyloxycarbonyl,2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2-morpholino-1,1dimethylethoxycarbonyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyloxycarbonyl,isopropoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxy-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,2,2-dimethylpropoxycarbonyl, 1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl,cyclobutyloxycarbonyl, 1-methylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl,1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyloxycarbonyl, or

Y¹ is O; Z is O; Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

each L is independently CH or N; one of E or D is O, S, or NR_(y) andthe other E or D is CH or N; R_(a) is H, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy,chloro, N-(2-cyanoethyl)amino, N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino,2-methoxyethoxy, 2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy,2-amino-2-methylpropoxy, N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy,morpholinocarbonylmethoxy, 2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy,2-morpholinoethoxy, cyclopropyloxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy or2-(N,N-diemthylamino)ethoxy; R_(b) is H, F, Cl, methyl ortrifluoromethyl; R_(c) is a heteroaryl ring selected from:

wherein said heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with one or more(C1-10)alkyl, halo, or NR_(n1)R_(p1); wherein each R_(n1) and R_(p1) isindependently H or (C1-10)alkyl; R_(d) and R_(e) are each independentlyH, (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl isoptionally substituted with one or more halo; R_(g) is H, (C1-6)alkyl,(C2-6)alkenyl, (C2-6)alkynyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, arylthio,(C2-8)cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, (C1-6)alkoxy, NR_(h)R_(i),—C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d), wherein each aryl and heteroaryl isoptionally substituted with one or more (C1-6)alkyl, halo, hydroxy,cyano, nitro, amino, (C1-6)alkoxy, (C1-6)alkoxycarbonyl,(C1-6)alkanoyloxy, halo-(C1-6)alkyl, or halo(C1-6)alkoxy; wherein eachalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo, (C1-4)alkoxy, orcyano; and each R_(h) and R_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl;R_(m) is H, cyano, F, Cl, Br, I, —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e), —C(═O)NR_(d)R_(e),(C1-10)alkoxy, cycloalkyl, or phenyl that is optionally substituted withone or more F, Cl, Br, I, (C1-10)alkyl, or (C1-10)alkoxy; each R_(n) andR_(p) is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, wherein said (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or more halo,hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) togetherwith the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; each R_(r)is independently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, or (C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl; R_(v) is H, F, Cl, Br, I,CF₃, or (C1-3)alkyl; and each R_(y) is independently H, hydroxy,carboxy, cyano, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r), or S(O)₂R_(r). 2.The compound of claim 1 wherein Z¹ is selected from the followingstructures:


3. The compound of claim 1 wherein Z¹ is selected from the followingstructures:


4. The compound of claim 1 which is

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 5. The compound offormula (I) as described in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, wherein: Z¹ is:


6. The compound of formula (I) as described in claim 5 or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z¹ is selected fromthe following structures:


7. The compound of claim 1 wherein R_(c) is selected from:


8. The compound of claim 1 wherein R_(c) is selected from:


9. The compound of claim 5 wherein R_(a) is H, methoxy,trifluoromethoxy, chloro, N-(2-cyanoethyl)amino,N-(3,3,3-trifluoroethyl)amino, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-hydroxyethoxy,2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy, 2-amino-2-methylpropoxy,N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinocarbonylmethoxy,2-[N-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]ethoxy, or 2-morpholinoethoxy.
 10. Thecompound of claim 1 wherein Z¹ is selected from the followingstructures:


11. The compound of claim 1 wherein R_(c) is


12. The compound of claim 1 wherein R^(f) is cyclopropyl optionallysubstituted by up to three A³.
 13. The compound of claim 1 wherein R^(f)is cyclopropyl optionally substituted by one A³.
 14. The compound ofclaim 1 wherein R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl, 2-fluorophenyl,4-chlorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2-methylphenyl,2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, or1-methylcyclopropyl.
 15. The compound of claim 1 wherein R^(f) iscyclopropyl.
 16. The compound of claim 1 wherein R^(f) is1-methylcyclopropyl.
 17. A compound of claim 1, wherein the compound offormula I is a compound of formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R_(j) istert-butoxycarbonyl, cyclopentoxycarbonyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl,1-methylcyclopropoxycarbonyl, 2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbonyl, 2-morpholino-1,1-dimethylethoxycarbnyl,tetrahydrofur-3-yloxycarbonyl, or


18. The compound of claim 1 wherein Q¹ is vinyl, ethyl, cyanomethyl,propyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, or 2-cyanoethyl.
 19. Thecompound of claim 1 wherein Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atomsto which they are attached form a 12-18 membered heterocycle, whereinsaid heterocycle may optionally be substituted with one or more oxo (═O)or A³.
 20. A compound of claim 1, wherein the compound of formula I is acompound of formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 21. A compound of claim1, wherein the compound of formula I is a compound of formula (IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 22. The compound of claim1 wherein Z^(2a) is tert-butyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl,tetrahydropyran-4-yl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, 4,4-difluorocyclohexyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1-trifluoromethylethyl, or cyclopropyl.
 23. Apharmaceutical composition comprising the compound as described in claim1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and at least onepharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 24. The pharmaceutical compositionaccording to claim 23 for use in treating HCV.
 25. The pharmaceuticalcomposition of claim 23, further comprising at least one additionaltherapeutic agent.
 26. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 25,wherein said additional therapeutic agent is selected from the groupconsisting of interferons, ribavirin analogs, NS3 protease inhibitors,NS5b polymerase inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors,hepatoprotectants, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV, and other drugs fortreating HCV.
 27. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 23,further comprising a nucleoside analogue.
 28. The pharmaceuticalcomposition according to claim 27, further comprising an interferon orpegylated interferon.
 29. The pharmaceutical composition according toclaim 28, wherein said nucleoside analogue is selected from ribavirin,viramidine, levovirin, a L-nucleoside, and isatoribine and saidinterferon is α-interferon or pegylated interferon.
 30. A method oftreating hepatitis C, said method comprising administering to anindividual a pharmaceutical composition which comprises atherapeutically effective amount of the compound as described in claim 1or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 31. A compound of formula(V):

wherein Z¹ is selected from the following structures:

R^(f) is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl,wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl isoptionally substituted with one or more R_(g); Q¹ is H, (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl wherein said (C1-10)alkyl,(C2-10)alkenyl, or (C2-10)alkynyl is optionally substituted with one ormore R_(c); or Q¹ and Z^(2a) taken together with the atoms to which theyare attached form a heterocycle, wherein said heterocycle may optionallybe substituted with one or more oxo (═O) or halo; X is a bond, O, S, orNH; Y⁴ is (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, heterocycle, polycarbocycle,or polyheterocycle, wherein said (C2-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl,heterocycle, polycarbocycle, or polyheterocycle is optionallysubstituted with one or more (C1-10)alkyl, halo, carboxy, hydroxy,(C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy,(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, trifluoromethyl, NR_(n)R_(p), SR_(r), S(O)R_(r),or S(O)₂R_(r); each R_(c) is independently cyano, F, Cl, Br, S(O)₂R_(r),(C1-10)alkoxy, or cycloalkyl; each R_(d) is independently H,(C1-10)alkyl, or aryl, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, or aryl is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo; each R_(g) is independently H, alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, arylthio, cycloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkoxy, NR_(h)R_(i), —C(═O)NR_(h)R_(i), or —C(═O)OR_(d),wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one ormore alkyl, halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl,alkanoyloxy, haloalkyl, or haloalkoxy; wherein each alkyl is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo, alkoxy, or cyano; each R_(h) andR_(i) is independently H, alkyl, or haloalkyl; each R_(n) and R_(p) isindependently H, (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl,(C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, wherein each (C1-10)alkyl, (C2-10)alkenyl,(C2-10)alkynyl, (C1-10)alkanoyl, (C1-10)alkoxy, (C1-10)alkanoyloxy, or(C1-10)alkoxycarbonyl, is optionally substituted with one or more halo,hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, or (C1-10)alkoxy; or R_(n) and R_(p) togetherwith the nitrogen to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine,piperidine, piperazine, morpholino, or thiomorpholino ring; and eachR_(r) is independently (C1-10)alkyl.
 32. The compound of claim 31wherein: X is a bond; and Y⁴ is pyrrol-1-yl, morpholino, or(C2-10)alkyl.
 33. The compound of claim 31 wherein: X is O; and Y⁴ istert-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopropyl,tetrahydrofuranyl, isopropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclobutyl or

wherein said Y⁴ is optionally substituted with one or more (C1-10)alkyl,halo, (C1-10)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, or NR_(n)R_(p).
 34. The compoundof claim 31 wherein: X is NH; and Y⁴ is (C2-10)alkyl that is optionallysubstituted with one or more halo.
 35. The compound of claim 31 wherein:R^(f) is alkyl, aryl, or cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one ormore R_(g) independently selected from alkyl, halo, —C(═O)OR_(d), andtrifluoromethyl, wherein each alkyl of R_(g) is optionally substitutedwith one or more halo, alkoxy, or cyano.
 36. The compound of claim 31wherein: R^(f) is phenyl, cyclopropyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,2-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl,2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl,1-isopropylcyclopropyl, 1-propylcyclopropyl,2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl, 1-(methoxycarbonyl)cyclopropyl,1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1-trifluoromethylcyclobutyl,1-(methoxymethyl)cyclopropyl, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)cyclopropyl, or1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)cyclopropyl.
 37. The compound of claim 31wherein: Q¹ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, cyanomethyl, propyl,2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-methoxyethyl,2-methylsulfonylethyl, or cyclopropyl.